Introduction

The Birch–Swinnerton-Dyer conjecture predicts that the order of vanishing of the LL-function of an elliptic curve equals its Mordell–Weil rank, and that its Shafarevich–Tate group is finite; its refined form also specifies the leading coefficient [1, 46]. For analytic order zero or one, the rank equality and finiteness are theorems of Gross–Zagier and Kolyvagin [22, 32]. The converse problem begins with algebraic information and seeks the corresponding analytic order.

The appropriate algebraic hypothesis here is the corank of the full 2-power Selmer group. It records a possible divisible contribution from the Shafarevich–Tate group as well as the Mordell–Weil rank. With the usual local Kummer conditions, put

s2(E)=corank⁡Z2Sel⁡2∞(E/Q).s_{2}(E) = \operatorname{corank}_{\mathbb{Z}_{2}} \operatorname{Sel}_{2^{\infty}}(E/\mathbb{Q}).

Our main result is the following pointwise statement.

Theorem 1.1 (The rational-two-torsion 2-converse). Let E/QE/\mathbb{Q} be an elliptic curve with E(Q)[2]≠0E(\mathbb{Q})[2] \ne0 and s2(E)∈{0,1}s_{2}(E) \in\{0,1\}. Then

ord⁡s=1L(E,s)=rank⁡ZE(Q)=s2(E),Sha⁡(E/Q) is finite.\operatorname{ord}_{s=1} L(E,s) = \operatorname{rank}_{\mathbb{Z}} E(\mathbb{Q}) = s_{2}(E), \qquad\operatorname{Sha}(E/\mathbb{Q})\text{ is finite.}

The statement includes one rational two-torsion line and full rational two-torsion, CM and non-CM curves, every rational isogeny configuration, and every reduction type at 2 and at the bad primes. It is a 2-converse in this residual range. It does not assert the full Birch–Swinnerton-Dyer leading-coefficient formula, nor does a bound rank⁡E(Q)≤1\operatorname{rank} E(\mathbb{Q}) \le1 alone imply its Selmer hypothesis.

The broader companion [38], Theorem 1.1 proves the 2-converse without the rational-two-torsion hypothesis. Here we give a separate full treatment of the rational-two-torsion case, developing its integral interpolation and finite twist constructions within this paper; the broader converse is not an input to the proof.

The converse with the stronger hypotheses rank⁡E(Q)=1\operatorname{rank} E(\mathbb{Q}) = 1 and Sha⁡(E/Q)\operatorname{Sha}(E/\mathbb{Q}) finite is known for every elliptic curve over Q\mathbb{Q}; see [31], §1. The fixed-prime problem asks instead whether a low Selmer corank alone forces the analytic order. Skinner and Wei Zhang established general rank-one converses at good ordinary odd primes under residual and local hypotheses [44, 50]. For odd Eisenstein primes, Castella, Grossi, Lee and Skinner prove the good-reduction converse under a local-character restriction [10], Theorem E; Keller and Yin treat potentially good ordinary reduction without that restriction [30], Theorem B. Smith’s theorem gives the 50/50 distribution of 2∞2^{\infty}-Selmer coranks in every fixed quadratic-twist family, counting twist parameters of both signs [45]; this density statement does not decide a prescribed member.

The CM case includes pointwise results at the prime 2. Burungale and Tian prove the rank-zero pp-converse for CM curves at every prime [6]. In rank one, Burungale and Skinner treat good ordinary primes and, with a localization hypothesis, good supersingular primes [5], Theorems A.1 and A.3, Remark A.5. The earlier ordinary CM converse of Burungale, Castella, Skinner and Tian retains a Hecke-conductor condition [4]. Kriz’s preprint gives rank-zero and rank-one converses for maximal-order CM curves at primes ramified in the CM field, including the pointwise 2-converse for the congruent-number family [33], Theorems 1.1 and 10.17(2). These results already treat individual curves in their stated ranges; the theorem here includes non-CM curves with rational two-torsion and imposes no reduction condition at 2.

The proof brings together two arithmetic interpolation constructions and a finite construction with quadratic twists. Kato’s zeta classes provide the cyclotomic input [29]; Ferrero–Washington’s vanishing theorem controls the residual cyclotomic cohomology [18]. Heegner points and their derivative classes provide the ring-class input, following the Euler-system method of Kolyvagin and its cohomological formulation by Howard [32, 26]. We retain integral local conditions and duality maps in the framework of Selmer complexes [37]. The coefficient tests use the half-integral weight theory of Shimura and Waldspurger’s relation between coefficients and central values [43, 47]. Their ternary theta construction lies in the definite quaternion framework developed by Gross [21]; we use the Weil representation and the reduction description of Jetchev and Kane for the weighted Heegner-point tests [49, 28]. Each of these inputs has a precise role; none supplies the pointwise conclusion by itself.

Here is the common interpolation problem. Fix the curve that is to be tested, and index a finite family of quadratic twists by x∈F2bx \in\mathbb{F}_2^b, with x=0x = 0 denoting that curve. Each auxiliary prime divides the twist parameter according to a linear form in xx. We construct these families so that every nonzero address has the required analytic order and a uniform normalized valuation bound. An integral interpolation argument then recovers the value or derivative at the missing address 0. The number and sizes of the auxiliary primes may grow with bb; the valuation bound may not.

For Selmer corank zero, the required nonzero values are central LL-values. Their normalized valuations are measured by coefficients of half-integral weight forms. The cyclotomic determinant makes these values part of one integral family, and a congruence on a sufficiently large binary cube recovers the missing value. This also supplies the even estimate needed to normalize the rank-one construction.

The rank-one construction requires a further preparation. Fix a negative quadratic discriminant h∗h_* with L(E(h∗),1)≠0L(E^{(h_*)},1) \ne0. For positive hh in the prescribed local squareclasses, the genus-character Heegner sum PhP_h attached to Q(hh∗)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{hh_*}) detects a simple zero of E(h)E^{(h)}: its height measures L′(E(h),1)L(E(h∗),1)L'(E^{(h)},1)L(E^{(h_*)},1). To normalize the corresponding coefficient tests uniformly, we first bound the 22-divisibility of PhP_h from below in terms of the prime factors of hh, with a constant independent of their number. For each parameter hh of known analytic rank one, a different negative companion k′(h)k'(h), with a bounded number of prime factors, combines the even estimate with a ring-class lower bound to give this uniform bound. Only after that argument do we normalize the odd coefficients and use their minimum-depth values as binary nonvanishing tests.

For the return to a prescribed corank-one curve, choose one final negative discriminant kk with L(E(k),1)≠0L(E^{(k)},1) \ne0, and fix K=Q(k)K = \mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}). This companion does not vary with hh or with the cube dimension. The quadratic corank identity gives s2(E/K)=1s_2(E/K) = 1. We construct families with every new prime split in KK for which, at every nonzero address, E(h)E^{(h)} has a simple zero and E(hk)E^{(hk)} has nonzero central value. The two coefficient tests together bound the normalized index of the ring-class Heegner sum over KK. Ring-class interpolation then recovers the derivative at h=1h = 1. Thus h∗h_* defines the detector, k′(h)k'(h) proves its lower bound, and the fixed kk permits the final transfer.

The arithmetic difficulty is uniform integral control at the prime 2. Residual irreducibility is unavailable here. On the cyclotomic side we use Kato classes from one fixed modular-form lattice, separating rational divisibility from uniform integrality. On the ring-class side we retain the full integral Kummer conditions at the bad places and actual maps from finite free models to Galois cochains. Heegner derivative operations preserve the determinant valuation even when a localized class is divisible by 2. These constructions give the missing-vertex Theorems 3.2 and 4.2.

The finite construction has a different task: it must make the required coefficient tests nonzero at every nonzero address simultaneously. The variables are quadratic residue symbols between auxiliary primes. Changing one such symbol contracts two prime labels; repeated changes are governed by forests. Finite networks of new primes then isolate one address at a time. For rank one, the derivative test and its central-value partner may be separately nonzero without taking nonzero values on the same assignment of residue symbols. Theorem 8.3 adjoins prime networks making both tests equal to 1 at every nonzero address.

Figure 1 records the order in which the valuation bounds are obtained and used. Section 2 fixes the Selmer and local conventions. Section 3 proves the cyclotomic interpolation statements; Sections 4 and 5 construct the ring-class deformation and prove its bounds and transfer theorem. Section 6 supplies auxiliary twists with prescribed local behavior and a bounded number of prime factors where needed. Sections 7 and 8 give the coefficient tests and finite networks. Section 9 assembles these results at the prescribed curve.

Flowchart showing the even construction, uniform even estimate, corank-zero conclusion, ring-class lower bound, odd coefficient normalization, fixed-$K$ ring-class transfer, and analytic rank one

Figure 1. The even construction proves the corank-zero case and a uniform estimate; the latter supplies the bound needed to normalize the odd coefficients. The detector partner h∗h_\ast is fixed, the bounded-factor companion k′(h)k'(h) varies only in the lower-bound step, and the final companion kk is fixed before the simultaneous families are constructed. The families and auxiliary primes may grow with the cube dimension; the normalized index bound may not.

Selmer coranks and fixed local data

For an elliptic curve A/QA/\mathbb{Q}, put

r(A)=rank⁡ZA(Q),a(A)=ord⁡s=1L(A,s),s2(A)=corank⁡Z2Sel⁡2∞(A/Q).r(A)=\operatorname{rank}_{\mathbb{Z}} A(\mathbb{Q}),\qquad a(A)=\operatorname{ord}_{s=1}L(A,s),\qquad s_2(A)=\operatorname{corank}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sel}_{2^\infty}(A/\mathbb{Q}).

The Selmer group uses the local Kummer image at every place. The analytic continuation and functional equation are supplied by modularity [3]. Write ε(A)∈{1,−1}\varepsilon(A)\in\{1,-1\} for the root number.

Lemma 2.1 (The three ranks). There is an exact sequence

0⟶A(Q)⊗Q2/Z2⟶Sel⁡2∞(A/Q)⟶Sha⁡(A/Q)[2∞]⟶0.0\longrightarrow A(\mathbb{Q})\otimes\mathbb{Q}_2/\mathbb{Z}_2\longrightarrow\operatorname{Sel}_{2^\infty}(A/\mathbb{Q})\longrightarrow\operatorname{Sha}(A/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty]\longrightarrow0.

Consequently

s2(A)=r(A)+corank⁡Z2Sha⁡(A/Q)[2∞].s_2(A)=r(A)+\operatorname{corank}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sha}(A/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty].

If a(A)∈{0,1}a(A) \in\{0,1\}, then r(A)=a(A)r(A)=a(A) and the whole group Sha⁡(A/Q)\operatorname{Sha}(A/\mathbb{Q}) is finite. In that case s2(A)=a(A)s_2(A)=a(A).

Proof. The Kummer sequences for multiplication by 2n2^n, with the local Kummer conditions imposed, give

0⟶A(Q)/2nA(Q)⟶Sel⁡2n(A/Q)⟶Sha⁡(A/Q)[2n]⟶0.0 \longrightarrow A(\mathbb{Q})/2^n A(\mathbb{Q}) \longrightarrow\operatorname{Sel}_{2^n}(A/\mathbb{Q}) \longrightarrow\operatorname{Sha}(A/\mathbb{Q})[2^n] \longrightarrow0.

Their direct limit is the displayed sequence. Taking Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-coranks proves the identity. The analytic-rank-zero and analytic-rank-one assertions are the Gross–Zagier–Kolyvagin theorem [22, 32]; see also the precise unrestricted forward statement in [44].

No finite 22-Selmer dimension will be substituted for s2s_2. In particular, s2(A)=1s_2(A)=1 does not supply a rational point of infinite order: the exact sequence allows a contribution from the divisible part of Sha⁡\operatorname{Sha}.

Lemma 2.2 (Parity and change of curve). For every elliptic curve A/QA/\mathbb{Q},

(−1)s2(A)=ε(A).(-1)^{s_2(A)}=\varepsilon(A).

A rational isogeny preserves aa, rr, and s2s_2. If K=Q(k)K=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}) is quadratic, then

s2(A/K)=s2(A/Q)+s2(A(k)/Q).s_2(A/K)=s_2(A/\mathbb{Q})+s_2(A^{(k)}/\mathbb{Q}).

Proof. The 22-parity assertion is due to Monsky [36]; see also [15], which states the Selmer-parity result for every prime and credits Monsky for the case 22. For an isogeny and its dual, both composites are multiplication by the degree. The corresponding maps on rational points and on Selmer groups respect the Kummer conditions. After rationalizing their Tate modules, the maps are inverse up to a nonzero scalar; hence the ranks and coranks agree. The equality of LL-functions is isogeny invariance.

Over KK, identify A(k)A^{(k)} with AA, and let cc be the nontrivial element of Gal⁡(K/Q)\operatorname{Gal}(K/\mathbb{Q}). Restriction and the two conjugation projections 1+c1+c and 1−c1-c define maps between the sum of the two Selmer groups over Q\mathbb{Q} and the Selmer group over KK whose composites are multiplication by 22. Functoriality of local Kummer images gives these maps at every place. Rationalization therefore gives the stated corank identity. This argument does not assert an integral direct-sum decomposition of the Selmer groups.

Fix a curve E/QE/\mathbb{Q} of conductor NN. A finite support SS always contains the primes dividing 2N2N. It may be enlarged by finitely many primes when the fixed construction is prepared. A local filter consists of a real sign and unit squareclasses at SS for the variable fundamental discriminant. The filter is imposed on every relevant Fourier index, not just the squarefree indices. Its root number is constant. All variable primes lie outside SS.

For an odd prime pp, set

p∗=(−1p)p.p^*=\left(\frac{-1}{p}\right)p.

Nonempty products of distinct p∗p^* are odd fundamental discriminants. We also admit the empty product h=1h=1, which denotes the untwisted curve rather than a quadratic field. For a squarefree product hh of such factors, set

tp=dim⁡F2E[2]Frob⁡p,w(h)=12∑p∣htp.t_p=\dim_{\mathbb{F}_2}E[2]^{\operatorname{Frob}_p},\qquad w(h)=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{p\mid h}t_p.

In the rational-two-torsion range, tpt_p is 11 or 22. Whenever the 22-primary group below is finite, write

s(h)=length⁡Z2Sha⁡(E(h)/Q)[2∞].s(h)=\operatorname{length}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty].

Thus s(h)s(h) is a finite length, whereas s2(E(h))s_2(E^{(h)}) is a corank. In particular s(h)s(h) is defined when s2(E(h))=0s_2(E^{(h)})=0: the exact sequence in Lemma 2.1 and finite generation of the dual Selmer group make its 2-primary quotient finite. This conclusion concerns the 2-primary group; the low-analytic-rank theorem supplies finiteness of the whole group after analytic nonvanishing is proved. Let vv be a valuation above 2, normalized by v(2)=1v(2)=1. After the coefficient field has been fixed, its value group is discrete.

The notation L∗(h)L_*(h) denotes L(E(h),1)∣h∣L(E^{(h)},1)\sqrt{|h|} divided by the fixed real or imaginary period appropriate to the filter. The notation L(h)\mathcal{L}(h) in Section 3 denotes this same normalized value. Every modular parametrization used to form Heegner points is normalized to send the cusp ∞\infty to the identity of the elliptic curve. Changing among fixed nonzero modular parametrizations, isogenous curves, or period conventions contributes only bounded constants to valuations. Every such dependence is fixed before a binary cube is allowed to grow. Dependence on a growing number of prime factors will always be stated explicitly.

The following ledger records the order of choices used in the proof. It distinguishes bounds from the sizes and precisions needed to realize the auxiliary primes.

Data or boundAllowed dependence and order of choice
Fixed arithmetic constantsThe curve, its parametrization and periods, the fixed part of the support, and the chosen local classes; these are fixed before the varying prime support or cube dimension.
Varying quadratic companionsThe same data and a bound AA for the number of prime factors of the companion discriminant; its prime sizes do not enter.
Fixed-companion transferThe companion field is fixed before the cube dimension. Constants may depend on its fixed base Selmer data, as specified in Section 5.
Finite realizationChoose the cube dimension and finite networks, then the required coefficient precision and a sufficiently late arithmetic stage. Prime sizes and stage thresholds may depend on these choices.

Table 1.

Cyclotomic interpolation for extensions of trivial residual modules

Throughout this section, E/QE/\mathbb{Q} is fixed, its conductor is NN, and E[2]E[2] is an extension of two trivial F2\mathbb{F}_2-modules. Write T=T2ET=T_2E and V=T⊗Z2Q2V=T\otimes_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\mathbb{Q}_2. The word “ordinary” applied to global cohomology below means that the real-place modification has not been made. It imposes no ordinary-reduction hypothesis at 2.

The discriminants considered here are products of distinct signed primes q∗=(−1/q)qq^* = (-1/q)q, with q∤2Nq\nmid2N. Fix their sign and local squareclasses at 2N2N. For such a discriminant hh, put

tq=dim⁡F2E[2]Fr⁡q,2w(h)=∑q∣htq,L(h)=∣h∣L(E(h),1)ΩEsgn⁡(h).t_q=\dim_{\mathbb{F}_2}E[2]^{\operatorname{Fr}_q}, \qquad2w(h)=\sum_{q\mid h}t_q, \qquad\mathcal{L}(h)=\frac{\sqrt{|h|}L(E^{(h)},1)}{\Omega_E^{\operatorname{sgn}(h)}}.

Here fixed nonzero periods in the two period lines have been chosen once. Changing these choices changes the bounds below by a constant depending only on EE. Valuations of algebraic central values mean their 2-adic valuations, with v2(2)=1v_2(2)=1. When s2(E(h))=0s_2(E^{(h)})=0, the group Sha⁡(E(h)/Q)[2∞]\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty] is finite; set

s(h)=length⁡Z2Sha⁡(E(h)/Q)[2∞],D(h)=v2(L(h))−2w(h)−s(h)s(h)=\operatorname{length}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty], \qquad D(h)=v_2(\mathcal{L}(h))-2w(h)-s(h)

when the central value is nonzero. By Lemma 2.1, s(h)s(h) is defined at a corank-zero base even before its central value is known to be nonzero. Only the definition of D(h)D(h) requires that nonvanishing.

We prove the two assertions needed later.

Theorem 3.1 (Cyclotomic lower bound). There is a constant CEC_E such that, for every allowed hh with L(E(h),1)≠0L(E^{(h)},1) \ne0,

v2(L(h))≥2w(h)+s(h)−CE.v_2(\mathcal{L}(h)) \ge2w(h)+s(h)-C_E.

The constant is independent of the number and sizes of the primes dividing hh.

Theorem 3.2 (Transfer to the missing vertex). Let h0h_0 be an allowed discriminant with s2(E(h0))=0s_2(E^{(h_0)})=0. Suppose that for arbitrarily large bb there are a finite set QQ of distinct primes q∤2Nh0q \nmid2Nh_0 and linear forms λq:F2b⟶F2\lambda_q:\mathbb{F}_2^b \longrightarrow\mathbb{F}_2 giving

hx=h0∏q∈Q(q∗)λq(x),x∈F2b,h_x=h_0\prod_{q\in Q}(q^*)^{\lambda_q(x)},\qquad x\in\mathbb{F}_2^b,

all in the fixed local and sign classes. Suppose that a number BB, independent of the family, satisfies

L(E(hx),1)≠0,D(hx)≤B(x≠0).L(E^{(h_x)},1)\ne0,\qquad D(h_x)\le B\qquad(x\ne0).

Then L(E(h0),1)≠0L(E^{(h_0)},1)\ne0 and D(h0)≤B+CED(h_0)\le B+C_E. Here CEC_E is independent of h0h_0, QQ, and bb; the dimension needed in the proof is allowed to depend on the fixed precision being tested.

The integral scalar family and two algebraic steps

Put

Λ=Z2[[t]],O=Λ^(2),κ=O/2O=F2((t)).\Lambda=\mathbb{Z}_2[[t]],\qquad\mathcal{O}=\widehat{\Lambda}_{(2)},\qquad\kappa=\mathcal{O}/2\mathcal{O}=\mathbb{F}_2((t)).

The completion defining O\mathcal{O} is 2-adic. An element of O\mathcal{O} has, modulo any 2M2^M, a Laurent expansion with a finite negative part. There is no evaluation homomorphism O→Q2\mathcal{O}\to\mathbb{Q}_2 given by t=0t=0. All central evaluations below are made on elements of Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2] before extending coefficients to O\mathcal{O}.

For G=(Z/2Z)bG=(\mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})^b, index its characters by x∈F2bx\in\mathbb{F}_2^b, and denote character evaluation by a subscript xx.

The arithmetic construction below will produce a scalar family u∈Λ[1/2][G]u\in\Lambda[1/2][G] with one uniform denominator:

2Cintu∈Λ[G].2^{C_{\mathrm{int}}}u\in\Lambda[G].

At a constituent with s2(E(hx))=0s_2(E^{(h_x)})=0, its central value ux(0)u_x(0) will vanish exactly when L(E(hx),1)L(E^{(h_x)},1) does; in the nonvanishing case,

∣v2(ux(0))−D(hx)∣≤Cloc.\left|v_2(u_x(0))-D(h_x)\right|\le C_{\mathrm{loc}}.

Both constants will be independent of the number and sizes of all varying primes, including those of the base h0h_0. Integrality gives the lower bound, while a congruence between the constant coefficients at 0 and at some nonzero address gives the missing-vertex theorem.

Two different arguments establish the uniform denominator. Rational divisibility will show ux∈Λ[1/2]u_x\in\Lambda[1/2] character by character. A fixed integral Kato construction will instead give 2Cintu∈O[G]2^{C_{\mathrm{int}}}u\in\mathcal{O}[G] before taking characters. The first lemma combines these assertions without a loss depending on ∣G∣|G|; the second supplies the congruence used at the end.

Lemma 3.3 (Integral Fourier intersection). Suppose u∈O[1/2][G]u\in\mathcal{O}[1/2][G], all uxu_x belong to Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2], and 2Cu∈O[G]2^C u\in\mathcal{O}[G]. Then 2Cu∈Λ[G]2^C u\in\Lambda[G].

Proof. Fourier inversion in characteristic zero expresses every group-basis coefficient of uu as a sum of the uxu_x divided by ∣G∣|G|. Thus it belongs to Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2]. The corresponding coefficient of 2Cu2^C u also belongs to O\mathcal{O}. For a power series with bounded 2-denominator, nonnegative O\mathcal{O}-valuation means that every coefficient is integral. Consequently O∩Λ[1/2]=Λ\mathcal{O}\cap\Lambda[1/2]=\Lambda, which proves the assertion with the original exponent CC.

The common-zero parity step below is the characteristic-two case of the Chevalley–Warning principle; see [24], Section 1, equation (1)]. We retain the elementary proof of this step.

Lemma 3.4 (Binary congruences). Let z1,…,zr∈Z2[G]z_1,\ldots,z_r \in\mathbb{Z}_2[G]. Given M≥1M \ge1, if b>r(2M−1)b > r(2^M-1), there is an x≠0x \ne0 such that

(zj)x≡(zj)0(mod2M)(1≤j≤r).(z_j)_x \equiv(z_j)_0 \pmod{2^M} \qquad(1 \le j \le r).

The bound depends on the number of tests and their precision, and not on the group-ring coefficients.

Proof. Choose generators of GG. Every character-value function z(x)z(x) has an expansion

z(x)=a∅+∑∅≠I⊆{1,…,b}2∣I∣aI∏i∈Ixi,aI∈Z2.z(x)=a_{\varnothing}+\sum_{\varnothing\ne I\subseteq\{1,\ldots,b\}}2^{|I|}a_I\prod_{i\in I}x_i,\qquad a_I\in\mathbb{Z}_2.

This follows by expanding each sign character as a product of factors 1−2xi1-2x_i. The jjth binary digit of a 22-adic integer aa is (a2j) mod 2\binom{a}{2^j}\bmod2, equivalently the coefficient of Y2jY^{2^j} in (1+Y)a(1+Y)^a over F2\mathbb{F}_2. On the Boolean cube, the contribution of the monomial xI=∏i∈Ixix_I=\prod_{i\in I}x_i to this generating function is

1+xI((1+Y)2∣I∣aI−1).1+x_I\left((1+Y)^{2^{|I|}a_I}-1\right).

Its nonconstant terms have YY-degree at least 2∣I∣2^{|I|}. In a contribution to Y2jY^{2^j}, the sum of the quantities 2∣I∣2^{|I|} used is at most 2j2^j. Since ∣I∣≤2∣I∣|I|\le2^{|I|}, the resulting Boolean polynomial has degree at most 2j2^j. These formulas for 22-adic exponents follow either by continuity from nonnegative integers or in each finite coefficient quotient.

Express all rMrM digit equalities as Boolean equations Pij(x)=0P_{ij}(x)=0. Their total degree is at most r(2M−1)r(2^M-1). The indicator of their common zero set is ∏i,j(1+Pij)\prod_{i,j}(1+P_{ij}). The remaining count is the Chevalley–Warning degree argument [12, 48]. A Boolean polynomial of degree less than bb has even sum over F2b\mathbb{F}_2^b: every monomial omits a variable, and summing over that variable gives zero in F2\mathbb{F}_2. Hence the number of common zeros is even. Since 00 is a common zero, another one exists.

The positive global complex

The scalar uu will be the coordinate of two cohomology classes in an integral determinant line. One class comes from the real place and the other from Kato’s construction. We first construct the complex and show that its localization at (2)(2) is free of rank two in degree one.

Let Γ=Gal⁡(Q∞/Q)\Gamma=\operatorname{Gal}(\mathbb{Q}_{\infty}/\mathbb{Q}) be the real cyclotomic Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-group and identify its generator with 1+t1+t. For a binary family, let ψ:GQ→G\psi:G_{\mathbb{Q}}\to G be its universal quadratic character: evaluation at xx is χhx/h0\chi_{h_x/h_0}. Put

R=Λ[G],T=T⊗Z2R,R=\Lambda[G],\qquad T=T\otimes_{\mathbb{Z}_2}R,

with the fixed twist χh0\chi_{h_0}, the universal twist ψ\psi, and the inverse cyclotomic action. One may replace GG by the actual image of ψ\psi and subsequently extend scalars. In a family in Theorem 3.2, a nonzero character trivial on that image already gives the conclusion directly.

Let SS contain 2N2N, the prime factors of h0h_0, and all the new primes. Use continuous cochains with their completed coefficient topology, and set

CS+(T)=Cone⁡(RΓ(GQ,S,T)⟶RΓ(R,T))[−1].(1)C_S^+(\mathbb{T})=\operatorname{Cone}\bigl(R\Gamma(G_{\mathbb{Q},S},\mathbb{T})\longrightarrow R\Gamma(\mathbb{R},\mathbb{T})\bigr)[-1]. \tag*{(1)}

The real complex here uses ordinary cochains in nonnegative degrees. There are no imposed local conditions at the finite places.

Lemma 3.5 (Perfection and the real-place class). The complex (3.1) is perfect over RR and computes derived coefficient specializations. There is a class a∈H1(CS+(T))a \in H^1(C_S^+(\mathbb{T})) whose rational span is the real-place summand. Its integral index in that summand depends only on EE and the fixed real sign.

Proof. Here are the finiteness and coefficient issues in the use of global cochains. For a finite coefficient quotient of RR, continuous cochains are filtered unions of finite products of free coefficient modules. Refinement of finite partitions makes these modules flat; over an Artin local coefficient ring they are free. For finite residual coefficients, global cohomology is finite in each degree, and restriction to the real places is an isomorphism in degrees greater than two. The latter is the real-place clause of global duality. Thus the residual fiber has bounded amplitude and finite-dimensional cohomology. The same amplitude bound holds for every finite coefficient module, by a composition series and the cohomology long exact sequence.

This gives a bounded finite free model as follows. Over the residue field split off the acyclic disks, leaving its finitely many cohomology spaces. Lift each invertible disk differential over an Artin coefficient quotient and cancel it. Invertibility of a lifted inverse follows from nilpotence of the maximal ideal. Equivalently one can perform this on a free resolution; a minimal free model cannot have an additional term whose reduction has zero cohomology, because its residual differential is zero. Hence the remaining ranks are the finite residual ranks and are bounded independently of the coefficient quotient. Minimal models identified by a homotopy equivalence over an Artin local ring are isomorphic. Lifting their changes of basis therefore makes these models compatible along R/mnR/\mathfrak{m}^n. Taking the inverse limit gives a bounded finite free model over RR. The cochain construction with finite free coefficients and the same cancellation also proves derived base change. This is a fixed-SS argument; it does not assert uniform bounds on the number of generators as SS varies.

All the characters of the family have the same real sign, so the action at the real place is the fixed action on Tχh0T\chi_{h_0} extended to RR. Choose a nonzero vector in its integral invariant line. Its connecting image in the fiber is aa. There are no global invariant vectors in the rational elliptic representation, and consequently this connecting map is injective rationally. The choice and its index are fixed. Notice also that H1(R,T)H^1(\mathbb{R},\mathbb{T}) is killed by 22; thus twice any ordinary cohomology class lifts to the positive complex. These observations use compact global duality, including the real-place extension [37], Sections 5.7 and 6.9.1 of the complex formulation in [37], Theorem 6.3.4].

Lemma 3.6 (Residual concentration). There is an isomorphism in the derived category

CS+(T)⊗RO[G]≃O[G]2[−1].C_S^+(\mathbb{T}) \otimes_R \mathcal{O}[G] \simeq\mathcal{O}[G]^2[-1].

Proof. The ring O[G]\mathcal{O}[G] is local, with residue field κ\kappa obtained by setting 2=02=0 and every g=1g=1. Thus the quadratic characters disappear. Since E[2]E[2] has a filtration with trivial factors, it is enough first to compute the positive residual complex for the trivial representation.

Let KnK_n be the real cyclotomic layer of degree dn=2nd_n=2^n. The number of finite primes of KnK_n above a fixed SS is bounded with nn: at 22 there is total ramification, and the Frobenius of each fixed odd prime has nonzero image in Γ\Gamma. The 22-ranks of the class groups of KnK_n are also bounded. Indeed the cyclotomic μ\mu-invariant is zero for this abelian tower [18]; the structure theorem and class-group control identify their 22-ranks, up to bounded kernels and cokernels, with those of the coinvariants of a finitely generated Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-module. The same bound holds for SS-class groups.

The signature map of units in KnK_n is surjective. For n≥1n \ge1, let ζ\zeta be a primitive 2n+22^{n+2}th root and put ε=1+ζ+ζ−1\varepsilon=1+\zeta+\zeta^{-1}. If f1(X)=X2−2f_1(X)=X^2-2 and fn+1(X)=fn(X2−2)f_{n+1}(X)=f_n(X^2-2), then fnf_n is the minimal polynomial of ζ+ζ−1\zeta+\zeta^{-1} and fn(−1)=−1f_n(-1)=-1. Hence NKn/Q(ε)=−1N_{K_n/\mathbb{Q}}(\varepsilon)=-1. Its signature vector has odd augmentation. The embeddings form a regular set for the cyclic 22-group Gal⁡(Kn/Q)\operatorname{Gal}(K_n/\mathbb{Q}), whose group algebra over F2\mathbb{F}_2 is local. A vector with odd augmentation is a unit in this group algebra, so its translates span every signature. For n=0n = 0 the assertion follows from the unit −1-1.

We now use Kummer theory to isolate the one dimension that survives after inverting tt. Writing sns_n for the number of finite support places and cnc_n for the 22-rank of the SS-class group, one has

dim⁡H1(GKn,S,μ2)=dn+sn+cn.\dim H^1(G_{K_n,S},\mu_2)=d_n+s_n+c_n.

The real degree-one restriction is surjective by the signature result. In degree two, the Kummer sequence has class-group term of dimension cnc_n and Brauer term. The Brauer invariants at the real and finite support places have their single sum relation. Since a finite support place above 22 is present, restriction of the Brauer term to the real places is surjective and has kernel of dimension sn−1s_n-1. Thus the degree-two kernel of restriction to infinity is bounded. Restriction is an isomorphism in higher degrees by global duality. The degree-zero restriction is injective. The cohomology of the positive fiber is therefore bounded in every degree except one; its degree-one dimension is dn+OS(1)d_n+O_S(1).

Apply Lemma 3.5 modulo 22. Derived specialization to the nnth layer is specialization modulo t2nt^{2^n}. For a perfect complex over F2[[t]]\mathbb{F}_2[[t]], the universal-coefficient exact sequence shows that a rank-rr cohomology module contributes r2n+O(1)r2^n+O(1) to these dimensions; the torsion terms contribute only O(1)O(1). It follows that after inverting tt the trivial-constituent fiber has dimension one in degree one and vanishes in every other degree. Extensions preserve this concentration, so the fiber for E[2]E[2] has dimension two in degree one. A minimal finite free complex over the local ring O[G]\mathcal{O}[G] has zero residual differentials. The concentration just proved forces all its terms except the rank-two term in degree one to vanish. No denominator is introduced by this exact freeness statement.

Fixed-form zeta classes and the integral coefficient map

We need a global class whose denominator stays bounded as the tame support grows. For this purpose every auxiliary trace will land in the lattice of one fixed modular form. Let ff be the fixed weight-two form of EE, and choose its fixed integral cohomological lattice, with the Tate twist making its rational representation VV. Kato’s classes (8.1.2)–(8.1.3), for a fixed symbol ξ∈SL⁡2(Z)\xi\in\operatorname{SL}_2(\mathbb{Z}), exist for arbitrary mm and any SS containing the prime factors of mNmN. The trace in Section 8.9 is a homomorphism into the lattice

Z2[Gal⁡(Q(μm)/Q)]⊗V2,Z2(Y1(N))(1).\mathbb{Z}_2[\operatorname{Gal}(\mathbb{Q}(\mu_m)/\mathbb{Q})]\otimes V_2,\mathbb{Z}_2(Y_1(N))(1).

Section 8.11 then projects to the lattice of the fixed form. Proposition 8.12 supplies its norm relations. These assertions hold at the coefficient prime 22 [29], Sections 5.1, 8.1, 8.9–8.12. In particular, the auxiliary modular-curve level used to define a trace does not become the level of the projected newform.

Choose an isomorphism of the resulting fixed rational representation with VV. A single power 2εE2^{\varepsilon_E} sends its integral lattice into TT. Choose fixed symbols with nonzero projections on the required period lines; their existence and the construction with both signs are made explicit in [29], Sections 13.6 and 13.9. Taking a fixed linear combination, if needed, costs another fixed denominator.

Here is the coefficient map in this application. Let mm be odd and divisible by the conductors of all the tame characters in the family, including the odd part of χh0\chi_{h_0}. At a sufficiently large cyclotomic level write Am,n=Gal⁡(Q(μm2n)/Q)A_{m,n}=\operatorname{Gal}(\mathbb{Q}(\mu_{m2^n})/\mathbb{Q}). Shapiro identifies the cohomology of the cyclotomic field with global cohomology with induced group-ring coefficients. Push the class along the ring homomorphism

Z2[Am,n]⟶Z2[Γn×G],[σ]⟼χh0(σ)[σ∣Γn][ψ(σ)].(2)\mathbb{Z}_2[A_{m,n}] \longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}_2[\Gamma_n\times G],\qquad[\sigma]\longmapsto\chi_{h_0}(\sigma)[\sigma\lvert_{\Gamma_n}][\psi(\sigma)]. \tag*{(2)}

Use inverse actions on both sides if this is required by the chosen Shapiro convention. This is a homomorphism of integral coefficient modules and acts on actual cohomology classes. It requires neither division by ∣G∣|G| nor surjectivity of a cohomological specialization map. The prime 22 belongs to the fixed omitted support, so Proposition 8.12 gives exact norm compatibility as nn increases. The pushed classes therefore give an integral smoothed Iwasawa class with coefficients in Π\Pi, up to the single fixed power 2cE2^{c_E}.

We next remove smoothing. In weight two and with r=r′=1r=r'=1, its factors are

(c2−cσc)(d2−dσd).(c^2-c\sigma_c)(d^2-d\sigma_d).

This is the specialization of [29], Theorem 6.6 and (4.2.4). Choose a fixed e≥max⁡(2,v2(N))e \ge\max(2,v_2(N)), increasing it to accommodate the finitely many fixed symbol levels. The Chinese remainder theorem permits c,d>1c,d>1, prime to 6Nm6Nm, such that

c,d≡1(mod3Noddm),c,d≡1+2e(mod2e+1).c,d \equiv1 \pmod{3N_{\mathrm{odd}}m}, \qquad c,d \equiv1+2^e \pmod{2^{e+1}}.

Their tame actions in (2) are trivial. If σc\sigma_c acts in Γ\Gamma as (1+t)κ(c)(1+t)^{\kappa(c)}, then v2(κ(c))=e−2v_2(\kappa(c))=e-2. Modulo the maximal ideal of O[G]\mathcal{O}[G] its smoothing factor is

1−(1+t)κ(c)≠0in F2((t)).1-(1+t)^{\kappa(c)} \ne0 \quad\text{in } \mathbb{F}_2((t)).

It is therefore a unit in O[G]\mathcal{O}[G]. Its central value is c(c−1)c(c-1), of valuation exactly ee. The same statements hold for dd and for inverse-translate conventions. Thus unsmoothing introduces neither a 2-adic denominator at eq:2 nor a growing central denominator. The integers c,dc,d vary with mm; the congruences fix the needed valuations, not their exact cyclotomic group elements.

Denote the resulting rational ordinary class by zS(0)z_{\mathcal{S}}^{(0)}. Theorem 9.7 of [29] applies to k=2,r=r′=1k=2,r=r'=1. In the character constituent χ\chi, its central reciprocity formula reads

v2(exp⁡S,χ∗(zS,χ(0)(0)))=v2(L(hχ))+∑q∈Q, q∤hχv2(#E(hχ)(Fq))+OE(1)(3)v_2\bigl(\exp_{\mathcal{S},\chi}^{*}(z_{\mathcal{S},\chi}^{(0)}(0))\bigr) = v_2\bigl(\mathcal{L}(h_\chi)\bigr) + \sum_{\substack{q\in Q,\ q\nmid h_\chi}} v_2\bigl(\#E^{(h_\chi)}(\mathbb{F}_q)\bigr) + O_E(1) \tag*{(3)}

when the value is nonzero, and a zero central value gives a zero dual exponential. Fixed omitted primes are included in the error. To check the normalization, the character sum in (2) is the unnormalized sum, as in Kato’s trace. Its tame quadratic Gauss sum supplies ∣hχ∣\sqrt{|h_\chi|} up to a root of unity. Tame conductors and their Gauss sums are 2-adic units. The period vector is the fixed symbol vector of ff. More explicitly, in the required sign line write the period represented by δ(f,1,ξ)±\delta(f,1,\xi)^{\pm} as cE±ΩE±c_E^{\pm}\Omega_E^{\pm}. The nonzero scalar cE±c_E^{\pm} is fixed: the character-sum formula of [29], Theorem 6.6 uses this same δ(f,1,ξ)±\delta(f,1,\xi)^{\pm} for every tame character. The tame character enters through its LL-value and Gauss sum, not through a newly chosen period vector. The comparison with the minimal differential of E(hχ)E^{(h_\chi)} at 22 has bounded valuation, because there are only finitely many local twisting classes there. At a good unused prime the omitted factor is

1−aq(E)χhχ(Frob⁡q)q+1q=#E(hχ)(Fq)q;1-\frac{a_q(E)\chi_{h_\chi}(\operatorname{Frob}_q)}{q}+\frac{1}{q} = \frac{\#E^{(h_\chi)}(\mathbb{F}_q)}{q};

at a good ramified prime the local LL-factor is 11. These account for every varying factor in (3).

Rational divisibility and the local Euler corrections

The fixed-form construction controls the denominator at eq:2. We now prove the complementary assertion: the determinant coordinate has no pole at any other height-one prime. This step is characterwise and uses only rational divisibility. Write A=Λ[1/2]A = \Lambda[1/2]. Theorem 12.5(3) of [29] is a height-one divisibility over AA; its possible local H2H^2 correction comes from Galois cohomology over Q2\mathbb{Q}_2. The global groups there use j∗j_* outside that prime. The stronger integral assertion 12.5(4) is not used. In the non-CM case, the large-image input in Kato’s proof follows from the open image theorem [42]; see [29], Remark 12.8, (12.8.2), Theorem 13.4(v), and Section 13.13. This is not an additional residual-image hypothesis in Theorem 12.5(3). For CM the required rational statement at every prime, including 2, is supplied by [6], Theorem 2.6 and Remark 2.7. Neither statement asserts uniform integrality in a quadratic group ring.

Fix a character constituent hh and write Vh=VχhV_h = V^{\chi_h}. Let Cj∗C_{j_*} be the rational Iwasawa complex in Kato’s formulation and CSC_S the rational full global complex. At an odd prime put

Wq=H1(Iq,Vh).W_q = H^1(I_q,V_h).

The localization triangle has local cone

Qq=RΓ(GFq,Wq⊗A(Γι))[−1]=[Wq⊗A→1−γqFr⁡WqWq⊗A](4)Q_q = R\Gamma(G_{\mathbb{F}_q},W_q \otimes A(\Gamma^\iota))[-1] = \left[W_q \otimes A \xrightarrow{1-\gamma_q\operatorname{Fr}_{W_q}} W_q \otimes A\right] \tag*{(4)}

in degrees one and two. Here γq\gamma_q denotes the scalar cyclotomic Frobenius in the chosen convention. Its exponent is nonzero. Consequently Dq=det⁡(1−γqFr⁡Wq)D_q = \det(1-\gamma_q\operatorname{Fr}_{W_q}) is a nonzero element of AA, and the map in (4) is injective. This remains true after localization at a height-one prime dividing DqD_q: localization does not mean reduction modulo that prime. Thus

H1(Qq)=0,length⁡ApH2(Qq)p=vp(Dq).H^1(Q_q)=0,\qquad\operatorname{length}_{A_{\mathfrak p}} H^2(Q_q)_{\mathfrak p}=v_{\mathfrak p}(D_q).

The long exact sequence gives

H1(Cj∗)≃H1(CS),H^1(C_{j_*}) \simeq H^1(C_S),
0⟶H2(Cj∗)⟶H2(CS)⟶⨁q∈S∖{2}H2(Qq)⟶H3(Cj∗).(5)0 \longrightarrow H^2(C_{j_*}) \longrightarrow H^2(C_S) \longrightarrow\bigoplus_{q\in S\setminus\{2\}} H^2(Q_q) \longrightarrow H^3(C_{j_*}). \tag*{(5)}

In particular, the length of H2(CS)H^2(C_S) is at most the length of H2(Cj∗)H^2(C_{j_*}) plus the sum of the local lengths. No assertion that H3(Cj∗)H^3(C_{j_*}) vanishes is required here.

At a good unused prime, Wq=Vh(−1)W_q = V_h(-1), so, on including the quadratic Frobenius sign in ZZ,

Dq=Pq(Z),Pq(Z)=1−aq(E)qZ+1qZ2.(6)D_q=P_q(Z),\qquad P_q(Z)=1-\frac{a_q(E)}{q}Z+\frac{1}{q}Z^2. \tag*{(6)}

At a good active prime, inertia acts by −1-1 on VhV_h. Its rational inertia cohomology is zero, so Wq=0W_q=0 and Dq=1D_q=1.

At fixed bad primes the general expression is H1(Iq,Vh)H^1(I_q,V_h) in (4). Replacing it indiscriminately by Vh(−1)V_h(-1) would be incorrect. For example, at split multiplicative reduction,

VhIq=Q2(1),H1(Iq,Vh)=Q2(−1),V_h^{I_q}=\mathbb{Q}_2(1),\qquad H^1(I_q,V_h)=\mathbb{Q}_2(-1),

and the correct determinant is 1−γq/q1-\gamma_q/q, with nonzero central value. The incorrect replacement would give 1−γq1-\gamma_q. In general Dq(0)≠0D_q(0)\ne0 follows from local duality: H2(Qq,Vh)=H0(Qq,Vh)∗=0H^2(Q_q,V_h)=H^0(Q_q,V_h)^*=0, since elliptic torsion over a local field is finite. The fixed bad-prime corrections therefore have nonzero central values for every reduction type.

Let zBK,hz_{\mathrm{BK},h} denote a generator of the rational Kato zeta line in the real cyclotomic component with the fixed sign. Compare it with the fixed-form class only after taking the character constituent. In the chosen Euler convention the comparison is

zS,h(0)=cheh(t)Ehfix(t)∏q∈Qq∤hPq(χh(Fr⁡q)γq)zBK,h.(7)z_{S,h}^{(0)}=c_h e_h(t)E_h^{\mathrm{fix}}(t)\prod_{\substack{q\in\mathbb{Q}\\q\nmid h}}P_q(\chi_h(\operatorname{Fr}_q)\gamma_q)z_{\mathrm{BK},h}. \tag*{(7)}

where ch∈Q2×c_h \in\mathbb{Q}_2^\times and ϵh\epsilon_h is a group-like unit of AA. The factor EhfixE_h^{\mathrm{fix}} consists of the omitted local LL-polynomials away from 2 at primes of NN and the fixed auxiliary support. It ranges over a finite collection, because the local twisting classes there are fixed. The primes of h0h_0 are good ramified primes and contribute 1, regardless of their number. These factors have nonzero central values: they are good-prime point counts divided by the prime, multiplicative factors 1∓1/q1 \mp1/q, or 1. They are not being identified with the local cohomology determinants DqD_q at bad primes; any discrepancy there will be cleared by a fixed multiplier below.

Here is the derivation of (7). Both global Iwasawa H1H^1 modules have rank one. The reciprocity formulas [29], Theorems 6.6, 9.7, 12.5(1), and Lemma 13.10(2), compare the same fixed period vector and the relevant imprimitive LL-values. Their quotient supplies the displayed omitted Euler factors; a good ramified prime contributes 1. Coprime Gauss-sum factorization and the fixed period comparison supply chc_h and ϵh\epsilon_h; restricting conductor exponents to either fixed parity removes any factor χh(2)n\chi_h(2)^n. Infinitely many of these tests have nonzero central value by cyclotomic nonvanishing, as used in [29], Theorem 13.5(2). After clearing the finitely many denominators of the scalar ratio, the difference is a power series vanishing at infinitely many finite-order characters. Weierstrass preparation forces that difference to be zero. This proves the generic comparison without identifying the integral lattices of varying twisted newforms. The scalar chc_h need not have a uniformly bounded 2-valuation: every such scalar is a unit of AA and does not affect height-one divisibility over AA. The uniform integral and central bounds instead concern the actual fixed-form class and the fixed period vector in (3).

Equations (5)–(6) now show exactly how the imprimitive factors enter divisibility. At any height-one p\mathfrak{p} of AA, enlarging the global complex increases its degree-two length by at most ∑qvp(Dq)\sum_q v_{\mathfrak{p}}(D_q), whereas multiplying the rank-one zeta generator by ∏qDq\prod_q D_q adds exactly that quantity to its index. To cover Kato’s local correction at 2, multiply the class also by a fixed element F2∈ΛF_2 \in\Lambda divisible over AA by the characteristic ideal of the relevant local HIw2H^2_{\mathrm{Iw}}. It may be chosen with F2(0)≠0F_2(0) \ne0. Indeed derived local control gives

HIw2(Q2,Tχh)Γ⊗Q2=H2(Q2,Vh)=0,H^2_{\mathrm{Iw}}(\mathbb{Q}_2,T\chi_h)_{\Gamma}\otimes\mathbb{Q}_2=H^2(\mathbb{Q}_2,V_h)=0,

so the characteristic ideal has no factor tt. Local twisting classes at 2 are fixed, and one element covers their finite set.

Likewise any additional fixed Euler factors in the rational comparison can be cleared by a fixed product with nonzero central value, using the actual blocks (4). Denote the total fixed multiplier by FEF_E. Multiplying by it only changes the fixed constants in (3) and the integrality bound. Set zS=FEzS(0)z_S=F_Ez_S^{(0)}. For this corrected class we have at every height-one p\mathfrak{p} of $A

length⁡ApH2(CS)p≤length⁡Ap(H1(CS)/AzS,h)p.(8)\operatorname{length}_{A_{\mathfrak{p}}} H^2(C_S)_{\mathfrak{p}} \le\operatorname{length}_{A_{\mathfrak{p}}}\left(H^1(C_S)/Az_{S,h}\right)_{\mathfrak{p}}. \tag*{(8)}

We finish by checking that the chosen Euler convention can be imposed integrally before character evaluation. If the original coefficient map uses inverse Frobenius, the varying unused factors change as follows. In O[G]\mathcal{O}[G], both Pq(Z)P_q(Z) and Z2Pq(Z−1)Z^2P_q(Z^{-1}) are units: their reductions are nonzero polynomials evaluated at the nonconstant cyclotomic Frobenius. The identity

Pq(Z)−Z2Pq(Z−1)=q−1q(1−Z2)P_q(Z)-Z^2P_q(Z^{-1})=\frac{q-1}{q}(1-Z^2)

shows that their ratio rqr_q is 1 modulo 2. If gqg_q is the universal inertia element, then

Uq=1+rq−12(1+gq)∈O[G]×(9)U_q=1+\frac{r_q-1}{2}(1+g_q)\in\mathcal{O}[G]^\times \tag*{(9)}

is integral. At an active character it is 1; at an unused character it is rqr_q. Its unused central value is 1, since Z=±1Z=\pm1 there. Thus inverse Frobenius conventions can be reconciled before character evaluation, without a denominator for each prime. Products of these units have the same property. The resulting rational character coordinates have the Euler convention in (8). We use this convention for zSz_S from now on; these units alter neither its uniform integrality bound nor its central reciprocity values.

The determinant and its central specialization

Choose a basis e\mathbf{e} of the invertible RR-module det⁡R−1CS+(T)\det_R^{-1} C^+_S(\mathrm{T}); RR is local, so such a basis exists. Lift 2zS2z_S to positive cohomology and take its wedge with aa. The factor 22 is fixed, and two lifts differ by a real-place class, which does not change this wedge. In generic cohomology, the inverse determinant identifies with the exterior square of the rank-two degree-one space. Define its scalar coordinate uu by

a∧2z~S=ue.a \wedge2\widetilde{z}_S = u\mathbf{e}.

Here zSz_S already includes the fixed multiplier FEF_E above. The real-place summand introduces no height-one torsion over AA. Thus (8) says that uxu_x has no pole at any height-one prime of Λ\Lambda except possibly (2)(2). Since Λ\Lambda is normal,

ux∈Λ[1/2]for every x.(10)u_x \in\Lambda[1/2] \qquad\text{for every }x. \tag*{(10)}

On the other hand, the fixed integral trace, (2), unsmoothing over O[G]\mathcal{O}[G], and Lemma 3.6 give

2Cintu∈O[G]2^{C_{\mathrm{int}}}u \in\mathcal{O}[G]

with CintC_{\mathrm{int}} independent of SS, h0h_0, GG, and bb. The determinant identification in a free complex introduces no further index. Applying Lemma 3.3 yields the crucial uniform statement

2Cintu∈Λ[G].(11)2^{C_{\mathrm{int}}}u \in\Lambda[G]. \tag*{(11)}

Proposition 3.7 (Central determinant formula). There is a constant ClocC_{\mathrm{loc}}, depending only on the fixed curve and local classes, with the following property. If s2(E(hx))=0s_2(E^{(h_x)})=0, then ux(0)=0u_x(0)=0 when L(E(hx),1)=0L(E^{(h_x)},1)=0. Otherwise

∣v2(ux(0))−D(hx)∣≤Cloc.(12)\left|v_2(u_x(0))-D(h_x)\right| \le C_{\mathrm{loc}}. \tag*{(12)}

The rational positive complex at t=0t=0 has cohomology only in degree one, of dimension two, so these are specializations of the same determinant.

Proof. Abbreviate Th=T2E(hx)T_h=T_2E^{(h_x)} and Ah=E(hx)[2∞]A_h=E^{(h_x)}[2^\infty]. Use the integral Kummer subgroup

Kv=im⁡(E(hx)(Qv)2∧⟶H1(Qv,Th))K_v=\operatorname{im}\left(E^{(h_x)}(\mathbb{Q}_v)^{\wedge}_2 \longrightarrow H^1(\mathbb{Q}_v,T_h)\right)

at every finite place. For v≠2v\ne2 it is all of H1(Qv,Th)H^1(\mathbb{Q}_v,T_h). One way to see this integrally is the inverse-limit Kummer exact sequence: its quotient is T2H1(Qv,E(hx))T_2H^1(\mathbb{Q}_v,E^{(h_x)}), which is zero because local Tate duality identifies the 22-primary local Weil–Châtelet group with the dual of the finite 22-completion of the local point group. At 22 the quotient

L2=H1(Q2,Th)/K2L_2=H^1(\mathbb{Q}_2,T_h)/K_2

is a free rank-one Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-module. The same Kummer sequence and local Tate duality identify it with the Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-dual of the free part of E(hx)(Q2)2∧E^{(h_x)}(\mathbb{Q}_2)^{\wedge}_2.

The dual exponential identifies L2⊗Q2L_2\otimes\mathbb{Q}_2 with the one-dimensional de Rham target. Integrally its index depends only on the local curve and the chosen differential. This follows from the compatibility of the Kummer map and local Tate duality with the formal elliptic logarithm: on a sufficiently small open formal subgroup that logarithm is an isomorphism, and its adjoint is the dual exponential. Every elliptic curve over Q2\mathbb{Q}_2 has such a formal subgroup, irrespective of reduction type. Since only finitely many local twists occur, the indices are uniformly bounded.

The assumption on the Selmer corank implies that the compact finite Selmer group is torsion and that the discrete finite Selmer group has length s(hx)s(h_x). Rational Poitou–Tate consequently identifies ordinary global H1H^1 with the singular line at 2, and gives ordinary global H2=0H^2=0 rationally. Adding the real invariant line gives the claimed dimension two in degree one. This equals the generic rank, so derived base change of the perfect complex specializes its determinant without a change of rational cohomological rank.

The integral calculation explains the two subtractions in D(hx)D(h_x). The index of global localization will cancel; the remaining local terms will cancel the unused Euler factors and contribute 2w(hx)2w(h_x) at the active primes. Let JJ be the image of the free part of global H1(GQ,S,Th)H^1(G_{\mathbb{Q},S},T_h) in L2L_2, and put i=length⁡(L2/J)i=\operatorname{length}(L_2/J). The compact/discrete Poitou–Tate sequence for the mutually orthogonal Kummer conditions contains

0⟶L2/J⟶Sel⁡2∞(E(hx)/Q)∨⟶H2(GQ,S,Th)⟶⨁q∈SH2(Qq,Th)⟶H0(Q,Ah)∨⟶0.\begin{aligned} 0 &\longrightarrow L_2/J \longrightarrow\operatorname{Sel}_{2^\infty}(E^{(h_x)}/\mathbb{Q})^\vee\longrightarrow H^2(G_{\mathbb{Q},S},T_h) \\ &\longrightarrow\bigoplus_{q\in S} H^2(\mathbb{Q}_q,T_h) \longrightarrow H^0(\mathbb{Q},A_h)^\vee\longrightarrow0. \end{aligned}

with the usual real Tate-cohomology terms inserted. Those terms are killed by 2 and have dimensions bounded by the fixed dimension of TT. Taking lengths and using local duality gives

length⁡H2(GQ,S,Th)=s(hx)−i+∑q∈Slength⁡H0(Qq,Ah)+OE(1).(13)\operatorname{length} H^2(G_{\mathbb{Q},S},T_h)=s(h_x)-i+\sum_{q\in S}\operatorname{length} H^0(\mathbb{Q}_q,A_h)+O_E(1). \tag*{(13)}

This sequence is the cohomology consequence of integral Poitou–Tate duality with the finite local conditions; see [37], Theorem 6.3.4 and Section 6.9.1, with the real Tate-cochain convention of [37], Section 5.7.1.6. No unramified condition replaces the Kummer condition at a bad prime. Global torsion is bounded by its injection into E(hx)(Q2)[2∞]E^{(h_x)}(\mathbb{Q}_2)[2^\infty], whose order is bounded by the fixed local twisting classes. The finite terms at 2 and at fixed bad primes are bounded for the same reason. Passing between ordinary and positive cohomology changes only these bounded real and global torsion terms.

Suppose first that the central value is nonzero. The coordinate of zS,x(0)z_{S,x}(0) in the free global line has valuation

v2(exp⁡∗zS,x(0))−i+OE(1).v_2(\exp^* z_{S,x}(0))-i+O_E(1).

For the inverse determinant, torsion in degree two subtracts its length and torsion in degree one adds its length. This sign can be checked on the complex [Z2→2aZ2][\mathbb{Z}_2 \xrightarrow{2^a} \mathbb{Z}_2] in degrees one and two: its inverse determinant lattice maps to 2aZ22^a\mathbb{Z}_2 in the rational determinant. A vector’s coordinate thus loses aa. Using (13), the two appearances of ii cancel, leaving

v2(ux(0))=v2(exp⁡∗zS,x(0))−s(hx)−∑q∈Slength⁡H0(Qq,Ah)+OE(1).v_2(u_x(0))=v_2(\exp^* z_{S,x}(0))-s(h_x)-\sum_{q\in S}\operatorname{length} H^0(\mathbb{Q}_q,A_h)+O_E(1).

At an active good prime, quadratic inertia acts by −1-1 on the Tate module. Its invariants on AhA_h are therefore exactly E[2]E[2], and taking Frobenius invariants gives length tqt_q. At an unused good prime, reduction identifies the local 2-primary torsion with E(hx)(Fq)[2∞]E^{(h_x)}(\mathbb{F}_q)[2^\infty], of length v2(#E(hx)(Fq))v_2(\#E^{(h_x)}(\mathbb{F}_q)). These unused terms cancel exactly those in (3). The active terms, including the primes of h0h_0, sum to 2w(hx)2w(h_x). All other terms have already been bounded independently of the growing support. This proves (12).

If the central value is zero, reciprocity makes the dual exponential zero. The rational ordinary specialization then satisfies the finite condition at 2, and it satisfies the finite conditions elsewhere automatically. It lies in the rational finite Selmer group, which is zero. Its wedge with the real-place class is therefore zero. The constant-rank determinant specialization proves ux(0)=0u_x(0)=0. ∎

Proofs of the interpolation theorems

Proof of Theorem 3.1. Use the preceding construction for the single discriminant hh. The forward analytic rank-zero theorem gives s2(E(h))=0s_2(E^{(h)}) = 0 and finiteness of its Shafarevich–Tate group. By (11), v2(uh(0))≥−Cintv_2(u_h(0)) \geq-C_{\mathrm{int}}. Proposition 3.7 then gives D(h)≥−Cint−ClocD(h) \geq-C_{\mathrm{int}} - C_{\mathrm{loc}}. Every constant in the construction came from the fixed form, a fixed real period line, or the finite set of local twists at 2N2N.

Proof of Theorem 3.2. At every nonzero address the forward rank-zero theorem gives Selmer corank zero. Proposition 3.7 gives

v2(ux(0))≤B+Cloc(x≠0).v_2(u_x(0)) \leq B + C_{\mathrm{loc}} \qquad(x \ne0).

Choose an integer MM such that M−Cint>B+ClocM - C_{\mathrm{int}} > B + C_{\mathrm{loc}}. By (11), the constant coefficient of 2Cintu2^{C_{\mathrm{int}}}u belongs to Z2[G]\mathbb{Z}_2[\mathcal{G}]. For sufficiently large bb, Lemma 3.4 gives an x≠0x \ne0 such that

v2(ux(0)−u0(0))≥M−Cint.v_2\bigl(u_x(0) - u_0(0)\bigr) \geq M - C_{\mathrm{int}}.

It follows that u0(0)u_0(0) is nonzero and v2(u0(0))≤B+Clocv_2(u_0(0)) \leq B + C_{\mathrm{loc}}: either failure would contradict the displayed upper bound at this xx. The corank-zero hypothesis at the base and Proposition 3.7 imply L(E(h0),1)≠0L(E^{(h_0)},1) \ne0 and

D(h0)≤B+2Cloc.D(h_0) \leq B + 2C_{\mathrm{loc}}.

Taking CEC_E large enough proves both theorems with a common constant. In particular no loss proportional to bb, ∣Q∣|\mathcal{Q}|, or the prime count of h0h_0 has entered this argument.

Ring-class interpolation and integral deformations

The ring-class argument has two outputs: a lower bound for the index of a Heegner point at a known simple zero, and a transfer of nonvanishing to an unknown base. The first is uniform as the companion field varies with bounded ramification; the second fixes that field before a binary family grows. We state both outputs before constructing their cochain and evaluation maps. Their determinant proofs occupy Section 5.

Fix E/QE/\mathbb{Q} of conductor NN, and write T=T2ET = T_2E and Λ=Z2[[t]]\Lambda= \mathbb{Z}_2[[t]]. The imaginary quadratic field K=Q(k)K = \mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}) satisfies the split Heegner hypothesis at 2N2N. We omit the two fields with extra units and, when EE has complex multiplication, its CM field. Let hh be a product of distinct signed good odd primes, all split in KK, with (h,k)=1(h,k) = 1; h=1h = 1 is allowed. The primes dividing hh are called the active conductor primes. The character χ=χh\chi= \chi_h is the corresponding quadratic character over Q\mathbb{Q}.

Fix a modular parametrization π:X0(N)→E\pi: X_0(N) \to E with π(∞)=0\pi(\infty) = 0. Write HcH_c for the ring-class field of KK of conductor cc, and ycy_c for the image under π\pi of a conductor-cc CM point, with fixed CM orientations. The restriction of χh\chi_h to GKG_K factors through Gal⁡(H∣h∣/K)\operatorname{Gal}(H_{|h|}/K). The primitive weighted Heegner sum is

Ph=∑σ∈Gal⁡(H∣h∣/K)χh(σ) σ(y∣h∣).P_h = \sum_{\sigma\in\operatorname{Gal}(H_{|h|}/K)} \chi_h(\sigma)\,\sigma(y_{|h|}).

Through the quadratic-twist identification, it is a point of E(h)(K)E^{(h)}(K). When the product of L(E(h),s)L(E^{(h)},s) and L(E(hk),s)L(E^{(hk)},s) has a simple zero, the Heegner-point theorem makes PhP_h nontorsion and E(h)(K)E^{(h)}(K) has rank one. Let jhj_h be the 2-adic index valuation of PhP_h in the free rank-one lattice E(h)(K)2∧/torsionE^{(h)}(K)^{\wedge}_2/\text{torsion}. The quantities w(h)w(h), s(h)s(h), and s(hk)s(hk) have the meanings fixed in Section 2; the two Shafarevich–Tate lengths are finite in this simple-zero case.

Corollary 4.1 (Ring-class lower bound). Every simple-zero ring instance in the stated data satisfies

2jh≥4w(h)+s(h)+s(hk)−C(E,A),ω(k)≤A.2j_h \ge4w(h) + s(h) + s(hk) - C(E,A), \qquad\omega(k) \le A.

For the second output, fix KK and the base h0=1h_0=1. A binary family has the form

hx=∏q∈Q(q∗)λq(x),λq:F2b→F2 linear,x∈F2b.(14)h_x = \prod_{q\in Q}(q^*)^{\lambda_q(x)}, \qquad\lambda_q:\mathbb{F}_2^b \to\mathbb{F}_2\ \text{linear}, \qquad x\in\mathbb{F}_2^b. \tag*{(14)}

All primes in QQ are good, odd, disjoint from the fixed support, and split in KK. All vertices have the same local squareclasses at 2N2N and the same required real sign.

Theorem 4.2 (The fixed-KK missing-vertex implication). Fix the ring data E,KE,K, with

corank⁡Z2Sel⁡2∞(E/K)=1.(15)\operatorname{corank}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sel}_{2^\infty}(E/K)=1. \tag*{(15)}

Suppose binary families (14) exist for arbitrarily large bb, and for every nonzero xx the product L(Ehx,s)L(Ehxk,s)L(E^{h_x},s)L(E^{h_xk},s) has a simple zero and

2jhx−4w(hx)−s(hx)−s(hxk)≤B2j_{h_x}-4w(h_x)-s(h_x)-s(h_xk)\le B

with BB independent of the family. Then

ord⁡s=1(L(E,s)L(E(k),s))=1.\operatorname{ord}_{s=1}\bigl(L(E,s)L(E^{(k)},s)\bigr)=1.

This implication does not assume Mordell–Weil rank one or finite Shafarevich–Tate group at the base.

To prove these assertions, we compare the Heegner-point indices with integral Selmer determinants. The present section constructs the limiting complexes and the maps needed to test their classes at new primes. Taking limits of differential matrices alone would not suffice: a cycle in the limit may lift only to approximate cycles at finite precision, and its localization must still be evaluation of a crossed cocycle.

There are two passages to a limit. In the inner construction KK and a finite active support are fixed while an auxiliary scalar-conductor prime rir_i and the coefficient precision vary. Additional inert derivative primes will realize evaluations and switch local conditions. In the outer construction KK and the active support may vary, but ω(k)\omega(k) and the number of retained derivative primes are bounded. This second passage gives the uniform lower bound; the final fixed-KK transfer instead uses the bounded clearing factor of Proposition 5.14.

We use

Ai=(Z/2iZ)[t]/(ti).A_i=(\mathbb{Z}/2^i\mathbb{Z})[t]/(t^i).

The same constructions work over Ai[G]A_i[G] and Λ[G]\Lambda[G], where GG is a fixed finite elementary abelian 22-group and the additional character has values in GG. Statements uniform in the number of generators of GG will be identified separately; finite-diagram compactness by itself is a statement for fixed GG.

Free models with maps to the original cochains

Lemma 4.3 (Finite Artin models). Let (A,m,k)(A,\mathfrak{m},k) be an Artin local ring, and let DD be a complex of flat AA-modules. Suppose H∗(D⊗Ak)H^*(D\otimes_A k) is finite dimensional and supported in [a,b][a,b]. There is a bounded finite free complex CC, with

rank⁡ACj=dim⁡kHj(D⊗Ak),\operatorname{rank}_A C^j=\dim_k H^j(D\otimes_A k),

and a strong deformation retraction

i:C⟶D,p:D⟶C,pi=1,1−ip=dh+hd.i : C \longrightarrow D,\qquad p : D \longrightarrow C,\qquad pi = 1,\qquad1-ip = dh+hd.

Thus maps to the original complex, as well as maps between finite models, are available. Any fixed finite collection of chain maps, homotopies, triangles, and perfect pairings can be transported to these models.

Proof. Flat modules over an Artin local ring are free, including modules of infinite rank. Here is a useful version of the argument. Lift a basis of M/mMM/\mathfrak{m}M to a flat module MM, and map the corresponding free module to MM. Its cokernel is zero because m\mathfrak{m} is nilpotent. Flatness shows that the kernel has zero reduction, and nilpotence again makes the kernel zero.

Split the residual complex as its cohomology, with zero differential, plus contractible two-term disks. Lift all the graded bases. These lifts are graded isomorphisms: an inverse modulo m\mathfrak{m} lifts to an inverse by a finite geometric series. Let d0d_0 be the lifted disk differential and write d=d0+ϵd=d_0+\epsilon. All coefficients of ϵ\epsilon belong to m\mathfrak{m}. For the disk contraction (i0,p0,h0)(i_0,p_0,h_0), arrange h02=h0i0=p0h0=0h_0^2=h_0i_0=p_0h_0=0 and 1−i0p0=d0h0+h0d01-i_0p_0=d_0h_0+h_0d_0. The operators 1+h0ϵ1+h_0\epsilon and 1+ϵh01+\epsilon h_0 have finite geometric inverses. The elementary perturbation identities give the differential

dC=p0ϵ(1+h0ϵ)−1i0d_C=p_0\epsilon(1+h_0\epsilon)^{-1}i_0

on the lifted residual cohomology, and give

i=(1+h0ϵ)−1i0,p=p0(1+ϵh0)−1,h=h0(1+ϵh0)−1.i=(1+h_0\epsilon)^{-1}i_0,\qquad p=p_0(1+\epsilon h_0)^{-1},\qquad h=h_0(1+\epsilon h_0)^{-1}.

Substitution, using (d0+ϵ)2=0(d_0+\epsilon)^2=0, proves the asserted contraction identities. These calculations are valid for infinite disk sums: each operator is a module homomorphism and every geometric series terminates at the nilpotence exponent of m\mathfrak{m}.

For a map between original complexes use p′fip'fi; insert the contraction homotopies when composing maps. A quasi-isomorphism between bounded free complexes has a contractible cone and hence a homotopy inverse. This gives the stated finite-diagram assertion, including the homotopies expressing triangles and perfect duality.

For a profinite group and a finite free coefficient module over AA, continuous inhomogeneous cochains are flat: locally constant functions are the filtered union of the modules of functions on finite clopen partitions, and these modules are finite free. Their reduction is the cochain complex with reduced coefficients. The same observations apply to restrictions, mapping cones, and local conditions given by finite free complexes. In the applications below the groups are Galois groups of totally imaginary number fields or nonarchimedean local fields. Their 22-cohomological dimension and the usual finiteness theorems give the bounded residual cohomology required in Lemma 4.3.

Lemma 4.4 (Limits of specified diagrams). Suppose diagrams over AiA_i, or over Ai[G]A_i[G], have uniformly bounded cohomological amplitudes and graded free ranks, and include the chain homotopies and inverses for every asserted identity or equivalence. After taking a cofinal subsequence, or a nonprincipal ultrafilter limit, their matrices define the same diagram of perfect complexes over Λ\Lambda, or Λ[G]\Lambda[G].

Moreover, the contractions into the original cochains may be retained for the evaluation construction in Lemma 4.9. Adding finitely many new objects or maps does not require changing already chosen models for the old objects.

Proof. There are finitely many possible graded ranks. Fix them on an ultrafilter-large set. At a fixed precision jj, all matrix entries belong to the finite ring AjA_j (or Aj[G]A_j[G]), so have unique ultrafilter limits. These limits are compatible as jj varies. Matrix identities, including the homotopy-inverse identities, are finite polynomial identities and pass to the limit. New models and maps may be mapped to old models by their already fixed contractions. Passing to any slower cofinal precision has the same old limits. For the all-sequence evaluation statements below, fix this ultrafilter once and for all, and keep the original contraction at every stage. Later arithmetic diagrams must extend these same stages. Restriction to an ultrafilter-large set and passage to slower cofinal coefficient precision preserve every old evaluation on every old group sequence. An arbitrary later subsequence or a different ultrafilter is not allowed in this assertion. Notice that this argument preserves specified arithmetic maps; it does not create an arithmetic map from a formal description of its expected properties.

Target-side data. The ring-class fields used to construct a class need not have bounded degree. Their cochain complexes are not objects of the limiting diagram. At each finite stage, first perform descent, Shapiro transfer, the coefficient weighting, and every coset sum. These operations give cochains on the fixed target field KK, with their local lifts. Only then apply Lemma 4.3 to the target global and local complexes and their Selmer cones.

Here is the required inner rank bound. Fix KK, the active support, a finite set of derivative slots, and, when used, GG. The permitted ramification set SiS_i consists of this fixed support and a bounded number of moving primes. Modulo the maximal ideal of AiA_i or Ai[G]A_i[G], all scalar characters are trivial and the representation is E[2]E[2]. Put F=K(E[2])F=K(E[2]), a fixed field. Kummer theory bounds H1(GF,Si,F2)H^1(G_{F,S_i},\mathbb{F}_2) by the rank of the SiS_i-unit group and the dimension of the fixed group Cl⁡(F)[2]\operatorname{Cl}(F)[2]. Both bounds are uniform: the number of primes above SiS_i is bounded and passing to the SiS_i-class group only decreases the required class-group bound. The fixed finite group Gal⁡(F/K)\operatorname{Gal}(F/K) and inflation–restriction then bound H1(GK,Si,E[2])H^1(G_{K,S_i},E[2]). Degree zero is bounded by two, and the global Euler characteristic bounds degree two; higher degrees vanish because KK is totally imaginary. Local cohomology has uniform bounds as well: the local degrees over Q\mathbb{Q} are at most two, there are only finitely many fixed local conditions at 2N2N, and the moving good-prime and derivative complexes have fixed ranks. The Selmer-cone exact sequence gives the same conclusion for every target local condition used below. Thus Lemma 4.3 gives uniformly bounded target ranks. This inner bound may depend on the fixed active support and is not a bound for a sequence of growing binary families. The separate uniform bound after completion at (2) is Lemma 4.8; binary-family uniformity is obtained only after the elimination in Proposition 5.14.

For clarity, let DiD_i be a target cochain complex and write its contraction as (ui,pi,hi)(u_i,p_i,h_i). A transferred cycle xix_i is retained as the vector pizip_i z_i. Its representative in the original target cochains differs from ziz_i by the boundary dhizid h_i z_i. If an arithmetic identity is zi−zi′=dbiz_i-z_i'=d b_i, retain the target vectors pizi,pizi′,pibip_i z_i,p_i z_i',p_i b_i; their identity is exact. For a target comparison map fi:Di→Di′f_i:D_i\to D_i', retain pi′fiuip_i'f_i u_i, together with the contraction homotopy. For example,

pi′fizi−pi′fiuipizi=d(pi′fihizi).p_i'f_i z_i-p_i'f_i u_i p_i z_i=d(p_i'f_i h_i z_i).

Apply this also to local lifts in the Selmer cone, specialization comparisons, and the homotopies expressing duality and local switches. Each specified cycle or boundary witness is a vector in a bounded-rank target term, so adds only finitely many coordinates. Boundary witnesses are compressed after transfer and have target rank; no list indexed by the ring-class cosets is retained. The lemma therefore retains all these identities without retaining a source cochain complex or a growing transfer matrix. The original target contractions remain available in degrees zero, one, and two for all-sequence evaluation. All operations use the same original stages and ultrafilter; a loss of precision is accommodated by one common slower cofinal precision for the entire finite diagram. Adding derivative slots means extending each old stage by finitely many target objects, not taking a limit with an unbounded number of objects.

Kummer conditions, including their derived degree zero

Lemma 4.5 (Integral Kummer local condition). Let FF be a finite extension of a nonarchimedean local field of characteristic zero, and let B/FB/F be any elliptic curve. Put MF=B(F)2∧=lim⁡nB(F)/2nB(F)M_F = B(F)^{\wedge}_2 = \lim\limits_n B(F)/2^nB(F). There is a perfect local condition

UF=MF[−1]⟶RΓ(F,T2B).U_F = M_F[-1] \longrightarrow R\Gamma(F,T_2B).

For every n≥1n \ge1, derived reduction has

H0(UF⊗LZ/2n)=B(F)[2n],H1(UF⊗LZ/2n)=B(F)/2nB(F).H^0(U_F \otimes^{\mathbf L} \mathbb{Z}/2^n) = B(F)[2^n], \qquad H^1(U_F \otimes^{\mathbf L} \mathbb{Z}/2^n) = B(F)/2^nB(F).

Its map in degree zero is the isomorphism onto H0(F,B[2n])H^0(F,B[2^n]), and its map in degree one is the finite Kummer injection. The condition is its own exact orthogonal complement under local Tate duality. These assertions hold at F∣2F \mid2, for all reduction types, and without a condition on B[2]B[2].

Proof. The local analytic description of B(F)B(F) shows that MFM_F is a finitely generated Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-module. Its torsion is the finite group B(F)[2∞]B(F)[2^\infty]. Consequently MFM_F has a free resolution of length at most one. Also H0(F,T2B)=0H^0(F,T_2B)=0, since B(F)[2∞]B(F)[2^\infty] has bounded exponent. The integral Kummer injection into H1(F,T2B)H^1(F,T_2B) therefore defines the displayed morphism using the truncation in degrees at most one of RΓ(F,T2B)R\Gamma(F,T_2B).

Tensor the free resolution of MFM_F with Z/2n\mathbb{Z}/2^n. Its two cohomology groups are MF[2n]M_F[2^n] and MF/2nMFM_F/2^nM_F. The inverse limits of the ordinary Kummer exact sequences identify their maps with the two maps in the statement. In particular finite torsion invariants have not been discarded.

For orthogonality, compose cup product and the Weil pairing with the local invariant map. A morphism

MF[−1]⊗LMF[−1]⟶Z2[−2]M_F[-1]\otimes^{\mathbf L}M_F[-1]\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}_2[-2]

is determined by its homomorphism MF⊗MF⟶Z2M_F\otimes M_F\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}_2: the possible Tor⁡1\operatorname{Tor}_1 is in degree one and gives no extra degree-zero morphism to this target. The indicated homomorphism vanishes, because the finite Kummer image annihilates itself at every level by local Tate duality [35], I, Theorem 3.2 and Corollary 3.4. Choose a nullhomotopy in free models. The induced morphism

RΓ(F,T2B)/UF⟶RHom⁡Z2(UF,Z2)[−2]R\Gamma(F,T_2B)/U_F\longrightarrow R\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}(U_F,\mathbb{Z}_2)[-2]

is a quasi-isomorphism. This can be checked after reduction modulo 2: degree one is the perfect pairing of the finite Kummer quotient with the Kummer image, and degree two is dual to B(F)[2]B(F)[2]. Its perfect cone is therefore zero by derived Nakayama. This proves exact orthogonality and also its compatibility with derived reduction. The derived duality of the ambient local cochains is [37], Proposition 5.2.4; the Kummer condition and its orthogonality have been constructed above. No part of the proof uses an ordinary filtration or a classification of reduction types.

Where the scalar deformation is trivial, extend this local condition by derived scalar extension to AiA_i or Ai[G]A_i[G]. For a finite free coefficient representation MM unramified at a good prime vv, use the inflated residue-field complex

Uv=[M→Frob⁡v−1M]in degrees 0, 1.U_v = [M \xrightarrow{\operatorname{Frob}_v-1} M]\quad\text{in degrees 0, 1.}

Its quotient in full local cochains is the singular local complex. The full local condition is the identity on local cochains, and its orthogonal strict condition is zero. The conditions at a derivative prime are different: once its local cochains have the split model constructed in Lemma 5.1, they are the truncations specified below. Write that model as

Lv=D0⊕(Fv⊕Sv)[−1]⊕D2[−2],L_v = D^0 \oplus(F_v \oplus S_v)[-1] \oplus D^2[-2],

where the differential is zero, D0D^0 is dual to D2D^2, and the finite and transverse planes FvF_v, SvS_v are each isotropic. Put

Ustr=D0,Urel=D0⊕(Fv⊕Sv)[−1],UF=D0⊕Fv[−1],US=D0⊕Sv[−1].U_{\mathrm{str}} = D^0,\qquad U_{\mathrm{rel}} = D^0 \oplus(F_v \oplus S_v)[-1],\qquad U_F = D^0 \oplus F_v[-1],\qquad U_S = D^0 \oplus S_v[-1].

Then Ustr⊥=UrelU_{\mathrm{str}}^\perp= U_{\mathrm{rel}} and each plane condition is its own orthogonal complement. Every displayed condition maps isomorphically onto local H0H^0 and injectively into local H1H^1. Thus they satisfy precisely the detection hypotheses used below. Lemma 5.1 proves their finite arithmetic realization and supplies the isotropic-plane nullhomotopies. These truncated conditions are not identified with the full local condition.

For a finite permitted set SS the Selmer complex is, by definition,

CS=Cone⁡(RΓ(GK,S,M)⊕⨁v∈SUv⟶⨁v∈SRΓ(Kv,M))[−1].C_S = \operatorname{Cone}\left(R\Gamma(G_{K,S},M) \oplus\bigoplus_{v\in S} U_v \longrightarrow\bigoplus_{v\in S} R\Gamma(K_v,M)\right)[-1].

At 2N2N take the Kummer conditions just constructed. Restriction and localization triangles are the triangles of this cone. The finite rings AiA_i and Ai[G]A_i[G] are Frobenius coefficient rings; alternatively the duality maps may be checked after reduction to their residue field. Exact local orthogonality and global duality therefore give

CS≃RHom⁡(CS⊥,Ai)[−3],(16)C_S \simeq R\operatorname{Hom}(C_S^\perp,A_i)[-3], \tag*{(16)}

with the appropriate dual representation. This application uses the orthogonality hypotheses of [37], Theorem 6.3.4; the theorem is not being used to assert the existence of a varying-prime limit. Complex places contribute zero Tate complexes. If the character is inverted by the nontrivial automorphism of K/QK/\mathbb{Q}, conjugate transport followed by the Weil pairing identifies the two representations over the same scalar ring. All maps and nullhomotopies in this paragraph are finite diagrams to which Lemma 4.4 applies.

The moving conductor character

Proposition 4.6 (Finite-precision ring-class characters). Fix finitely many split primes of KK above odd rational primes, outside 2N2N, and orient one prime in each conjugate pair. There are distinct split rational primes rir_i avoiding all the fixed data and characters

ξi:Gal⁡(Hri/K)⟶Z/2niZ,ni⟶∞,\xi_i : \operatorname{Gal}(H_{r_i}/K) \longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}/2^{n_i}\mathbb{Z},\qquad n_i \longrightarrow\infty,

such that ξi\xi_i is surjective on the inertia quotient at rir_i, is zero at the primes above 2N2N, and has odd value at each prescribed oriented prime. We can require ri→1r_i \to1 in Z2\mathbb{Z}_2 and

v2(2+ari(E)),v2(2−ari(E)),v2det⁡(1±Fr⁡ri∣T)≤cE.(17)v_2(2+a_{r_i}(E)),\qquad v_2(2-a_{r_i}(E)),\qquad v_2\det(1\pm\operatorname{Fr}_{r_i}\mid T) \le c_E. \tag*{(17)}

The constant cEc_E is independent of the list and of KK.

Proof. We give the compatibility argument before imposing the Tate condition. Choose prime ideals p1,…,ps\mathfrak{p}_1,\ldots,\mathfrak{p}_s with pairwise disjoint conjugate pairs, including the oriented prescribed primes and the primes above 2N2N, and enough additional split prime ideals to generate Cl⁡(K)\operatorname{Cl}(K). Such additional ideals may avoid any fixed finite set. Put weight wj=1w_j=1 at a prescribed odd prime and wj=0w_j=0 at every additional prime and every prime above 2N2N. The conjugate weight is −wj-w_j. Let

R=ker⁡(Zs⟶Cl⁡(K)),R=\ker(\mathbb{Z}^s\longrightarrow\operatorname{Cl}(K)),

choose a basis m(a)m^{(a)} of RR, and choose βa∈K×\beta_a\in K^\times with (βa)=∏jpjmj(a)(\beta_a)=\prod_j\mathfrak{p}_j^{m_j^{(a)}}.

Work first over F∞=K(μ2∞)F_\infty=K(\mu_{2^\infty}) and adjoin 2n2^n-th roots of the finitely many βa/βa‾\beta_a/\overline{\beta_a}. Prescribe on these roots the multipliers

ζ2n−∑jmj(a)wj.\zeta_{2^n}^{-\sum_j m_j^{(a)}w_j}.

The minus sign fixes the choice of connecting map in the ring-class sequence and could be reversed throughout. These prescriptions respect every Kummer relation. Indeed, if

∏a(βa/βa‾)ba∈(F∞×)2n,\prod_a(\beta_a/\overline{\beta_a})^{b_a}\in(F_\infty^\times)^{2^n},

take its valuation at a prime above each pj\mathfrak{p}_j of nonzero weight. These odd primes are unramified in F∞/KF_\infty/K. Thus 2n2^n divides ∑abamj(a)\sum_a b_a m_j^{(a)} for each such jj, proving the required compatibility of (4.9). Primes over 22 have weight zero and impose no division by a ramification index. Units impose no additional weighted relation. Kummer duality supplies the prescribed automorphism of the radical extension over F∞F_\infty.

At a rational prime rr split in a sufficiently large finite cyclotomic subfield, the power-residue character of Fr×\mathbb{F}_r^\times is surjective onto μ2n\mu_{2^n}. The split ring-class exact sequence is

1⟶(OK/rOK)×/(Z/rZ)×⟶Pic⁡(Z+rOK)⟶Cl⁡(K)⟶1.1\longrightarrow(\mathcal{O}_K/r\mathcal{O}_K)^\times/(\mathbb{Z}/r\mathbb{Z})^\times\longrightarrow\operatorname{Pic}(\mathbb{Z}+r\mathcal{O}_K)\longrightarrow\operatorname{Cl}(K)\longrightarrow1.

There is no unit correction under our exclusion of the extra-unit fields. The first group is Fr×\mathbb{F}_r^\times, with a principal relation measured by β/β‾\beta/\overline{\beta} at the oriented prime over rr. Consequently (4.9) says exactly that its primitive power-residue character extends to the class group with the specified values wjw_j. Since the ring-class extension is unramified at 2N2N, value zero on Frobenius means that the resulting local character is trivial there. Conjugation acts by inversion.

We now show that imposing these finitely many radical conditions cannot force either forbidden Tate trace. In the non-CM case the image of GK(μ2∞)G_K(\mu_{2^\infty}) is an open subgroup of SL⁡2(Z2)\operatorname{SL}_2(\mathbb{Z}_2), by the open-image theorem [42]. Its index in the corresponding fixed-EE image changes by at most two when KK changes. Its commutator subgroup contains a fixed open subgroup UEU_E of SL⁡2(Z2)\operatorname{SL}_2(\mathbb{Z}_2). One may see uniformity by starting with a principal congruence subgroup in the fixed image: every index-two subgroup contains its squares, and the commutators of the resulting fixed congruence subgroup are open. Because the radical extension over F∞F_\infty is abelian, these commutators act trivially on it. Hence every permitted Tate coset contains a translate of UEU_E.

For completeness, in the CM case let MM be the CM field. The image over KM(μ2∞)KM(\mu_{2^\infty}) contains a fixed open subgroup of the norm-one Cartan; the index changes by a bounded factor, as [KM:Q]≤4[KM:\mathbb{Q}]\le4. Choose γ∈GKM\gamma\in G_{KM} with χcyc(γ)=54=625\chi_{\mathrm{cyc}}(\gamma)=5^4=625. This is possible uniformly: the cyclotomic image of GKMG_{KM} has index at most four in Z2×\mathbb{Z}_2^\times, so contains fourth powers. On the radical Galois group, conjugation by γ\gamma is raising to 625625, because all the radicands lie in KK. On the Tate image over KMKM, conjugation is trivial. Therefore

γuγ−1u−625,u∈GKM(μ2∞),\gamma u\gamma^{-1}u^{-625},\qquad u\in G_{KM(\mu_{2^\infty})},

fixes every prescribed radical and acts on TT as ρT(u)−624\rho_T(u)^{-624}. Raising to the fixed nonzero power 624624 carries an open subgroup of the one-dimensional norm-one Cartan onto an open subgroup. This proves the required uniform kernel statement also in the CM case. The open Cartan image used here is the CM part of the usual ℓ\ell-adic image theorem [41], Chapter IV, §2.2, Remark].

On a coset of an open subgroup of SL2\mathrm{SL}_2, trace is not identically 22 or −2-2. The same holds on a coset of an open norm-one Cartan subgroup; on the other Cartan-normalizer component trace is zero. The relevant determinant-one sets are compact and have finitely many cosets modulo the fixed open subgroup. Choose in each coset an element whose trace is neither forbidden value. The largest of the finitely many resulting valuations is a constant depending only on EE.

Finally restrict the prescribed radical automorphism and such a Tate lift to a finite Galois extension, including as many roots of unity as required. Chebotarev gives infinitely many rational primes with this Frobenius class; choose the place over the prime to realize the chosen representative. They split in KK and have arbitrarily high prescribed congruence to 11. Since det⁡(1±Frr)=1±ar+r\det(1 \pm\mathrm{Fr}_r) = 1 \pm a_r + r, a congruence precision larger than the fixed trace bound gives all of (17). This is a finite Chebotarev condition at each stage, not a demand that one prime split in an infinite extension.

Choose nin_i large enough that 1+t1+t has order dividing 2ni2^{n_i} in A×A^\times, and put Ψi=(1+t)ξi\Psi_i=(1+t)^{\xi_i}. For example ni≥2in_i \ge2i is sufficient. After the matrix limits, the inertia exponent at the moving prime is a unit of Z2\mathbb{Z}_2, and a prescribed oriented Frobenius exponent is odd. We can orient the generator of inertia so its action is exactly 1+t1+t.

Lemma 4.7 (Local height-one tests). For the individual coefficient system TχhΨT\chi_h\Psi, use full local conditions at the moving prime rr and the active primes dividing hh, without adding primes from a larger binary family. The limiting full local complexes are acyclic over every height-one residue field of Λ\Lambda of characteristic zero. At (2)(2), with residue field Ω=F2((t))\Omega=\mathbb{F}_2((t)), the rr-complex is acyclic, and so are the complexes at active split primes whose prescribed exponent is odd. These full conditions therefore agree with their orthogonal conditions on the stated tests.

Proof. Use tame inertia and unramified Frobenius, or the Hochschild–Serre complex for these two procyclic directions. At rr, inertia minus one is multiplication by tt times a unit. It is invertible on all the indicated fields except the characteristic-zero fiber t=0t=0. There, r→1r\to1, and the two remaining Frobenius differentials have nonzero determinant by (17), including either sign of the quadratic twist. The bound also ensures that the integral local torsion at this central fiber has bounded length.

At an active odd conductor prime, inertia of the quadratic character acts by −1-1. Its differential is thus −2-2 and is invertible in characteristic zero. In characteristic two the quadratic character disappears. At a split prime the Frobenius action is zBz\mathcal{B}, where B∈GL2(F2)\mathcal{B}\in\mathrm{GL}_2(\mathbb{F}_2) and z=(1+t)az=(1+t)^a has odd a∈Z2a\in\mathbb{Z}_2. Its coefficient of tt is one, so zz is nonconstant. No nonzero polynomial over the finite constant field vanishes at zz. Thus both Frobenius complexes, with operators zB−1z\mathcal{B}-1 and q−1zB−1q^{-1}z\mathcal{B}-1, are invertible over Ω\Omega; here q=1q=1 in the residue field. This argument applies also to a reducible residual representation.

The orthogonal full and strict conditions agree when full local cochains are acyclic. (16) then gives self-duality. The global degree-zero assertion will follow from the evaluation maps in Lemma 4.9.

Lemma 4.8 (Uniform residual sizes). Suppose ω(disc⁡K)≤A\omega(\operatorname{disc} K)\le A, the local twisting classes at 2N2N belong to a fixed finite list, and all active conductor primes are split with odd exponent. After localization and completion at (2)(2), the minimal free ranks of the Selmer complexes are bounded in terms of EE, AA, and the number of retained derivative primes. They do not depend on the number of active conductor primes.

Proof. Reduce first over F2[[t]]\mathbb{F}_2[[t]]. The quadratic character is now trivial. Removing the active conductor primes from the permitted ramification set changes the global complex by their singular local complexes. These, and their unramified local complexes, are acyclic after inverting tt, by Lemma 4.7. The resulting smaller-support complex, including its comparison maps, can be constructed at the original Artin stages before taking the limit. Its support consists of 2N2N, rr, and the retained derivative primes. Its F2((t))\mathbb{F}_2((t)) cohomology dimensions are bounded by those at t=0t=0: choose a minimal finite free model over F2[[t]]\mathbb{F}_2[[t]].

Here is a uniform bound for the latter residual cohomology. Put F=Q(E[2])F=\mathbb{Q}(E[2]), a fixed field. Then FK/FFK/F is at most quadratic. Enlarge the allowed set of primes of FF by those ramified in KK. Its cardinality is bounded by a constant depending on EE, AA and the number of derivative primes. Kummer theory bounds the number of generators of the maximal pro-22 Galois group over FF unramified outside this set, using the fixed unit group, the fixed 22-class group, and the allowed valuations. The subgroup defining FKFK has index at most two; the elementary Schreier bound bounds its generator number. Every finite Galois 22-extension of FKFK with this ramification has Galois closure of 22-power degree over FF, so this subgroup indeed controls the required pro-22 extensions of FKFK.

Over FKFK the residual Tate module is trivial. Restriction and inflation–restriction therefore bound the residual H1H^1 over KK. The H0H^0 bound is immediate, and the global Euler characteristic or global duality bounds H2H^2. The local terms at the remaining bounded set have bounded dimensions, with degrees of the local fields at most two over the fixed rational local fields. At 2N2N there are only finitely many local quadratic twisting classes. The same bounds apply to the Selmer cone. Lemma 4.3 now bounds the minimal ranks. No bound on a torsion exponent is inferred from these rank bounds.

Evaluation on every sequence, rather than only a chosen list

Lemma 4.9 (All-sequence evaluation). Fix KK and a sequence of the finite cochain constructions above. Keep the contraction maps into the original global cochains. Let ΓK=∏iGK\Gamma_K=\prod_i G_K and Γ=ΓK⋊⟨τ⟩⊂∏iGQ\Gamma=\Gamma_K\rtimes\langle\tau\rangle\subset\prod_i G_{\mathbb{Q}}, with simultaneous complex conjugation τ\tau. Thus ΓK\Gamma_K has index two in Γ\Gamma; the larger unrestricted product of rational Galois groups is not used for induction. The matrix limit defines a coefficient action of ΓK\Gamma_K on Λ2\Lambda^2. For every field LL receiving a map from Λ\Lambda, there is a natural injection

H1(C⊗ΛL)⟶Habs1(ΓK,L2),H^1(C\otimes_{\Lambda} L)\longrightarrow H^1_{\mathrm{abs}}(\Gamma_K,L^2),

where the right side denotes abstract crossed-homomorphism classes. Degree-zero evaluation likewise injects H0(C⊗ΛL)H^0(C\otimes_{\Lambda} L) into (L2)ΓK(L^2)^{\Gamma_K}. Here CC may be the global complex or a Selmer complex whose local condition maps induce isomorphisms on local H0H^0 and injections on local H1H^1. The same statement holds for the induced representation of Γ\Gamma.

There are evaluation maps on arbitrary sequences, not just on the finite list used to detect cohomology. Their degree-two identities remain valid after arbitrary coefficient extension.

Proof. Let CiC_i be a finite model and let νi\nu_i be its chosen map to the original global cochains, using the projection from the Selmer cone when appropriate. For every g=(gi)g=(g_i) and h=(hi)h=(h_i) define matrices

ei0:Ci0⟶Ai0,eg,i1:Ci1⟶Ai1,eg,h,i2:Ci2⟶Ai2e^0_i:C^0_i\longrightarrow A^0_i,\qquad e^1_{g,i}:C^1_i\longrightarrow A^1_i,\qquad e^2_{g,h,i}:C^2_i\longrightarrow A^2_i

by evaluating νi\nu_i in degrees zero, one, and two. Their source ranks are fixed and their entries belong to AiA_i. Thus each has a coefficientwise ultrafilter limit, for every choice of g,hg,h. No diagonal selection over the set of group elements is necessary: one fixed ultrafilter defines all these limits. Likewise ρ(g)=lim⁡iρi(gi)\rho(g)=\lim_i\rho_i(g_i) is a representation. The original cochain identities imply

eg1d=(ρ(g)−1)e0,(18)e^1_g d=(\rho(g)-1)e^0, \tag*{(18)}
eg,h2d=ρ(g)eh1−egh1+eg1.(19)e^2_{g,h}d=\rho(g)e^1_h-e^1_{gh}+e^1_g. \tag*{(19)}

All identities pass to the limit because their matrix expressions have finitely many terms. A cycle x∈C1⊗Lx \in C^{1} \otimes L consequently gives the crossed homomorphism g↦eg1(x)g \mapsto e^{1}_{g}(x), and a boundary gives a coboundary.

We prove injectivity in a way that also controls base change. At each finite stage let k=F2k = \mathbb{F}_{2} be the residual field. Choose a space of representatives for residual H1H^{1}. Evaluate pairs (c,m)(c,m), where cc is in this space and m∈k2m \in k^{2}, by bc(g)−(ρ(g)−1)mb_{c}(g) - (\rho(g)-1)m. The intersection of the kernels of all these evaluations consists precisely of pairs (0,m)(0,m) with mm an invariant. Since the vector space is finite dimensional, a list of at most dim⁡H1+2\dim H^{1}+2 elements already has this intersection. For these elements evaluation is a chain map

Ci⟶Di=[Ai2→((ρi(gj)−1))j(Ai2)d]C_i \longrightarrow D_i = \left[A_i^{2} \xrightarrow{\left((\rho_i(g_j)-1)\right)_j} \left(A_i^{2}\right)^d\right]

in degrees zero and one, inducing an isomorphism on residual H0H^{0} and an injection on residual H1H^{1}. For Selmer complexes this uses the exact sequence of (4.6): the indicated local degree-zero isomorphisms give H0(Ci)=Hglob0H^{0}(C_i)=H^{0}_{\mathrm{glob}} and H1(Ci)↪Hglob1H^{1}(C_i)\hookrightarrow H^{1}_{\mathrm{glob}} residually.

Retain these matrices and their chosen group-element sequences. The cone of the limiting map C→DC \to D has zero residual cohomology in degrees at most zero. Successively cancel its unit differential blocks. The resulting bounded free cone starts in degree one. After every coefficient extension it still starts in degree one; the long exact sequence therefore makes H1(C⊗L)→H1(D⊗L)H^{1}(C \otimes L) \to H^{1}(D \otimes L) injective. A crossed cocycle that is a coboundary on all of ΓK\Gamma_K is in particular a coboundary on the detecting list, proving the desired injection. The same cone gives an isomorphism on H0H^{0} after coefficient extension. Since H0(D⊗L)H^{0}(D \otimes L) is a subspace of L2L^{2}, degree-zero evaluation is injective; by (18), its image is fixed by every element of ΓK\Gamma_K, not merely by the detecting list. For induction the same proof has coefficient rank four and the detecting bound is dim⁡H1+4\dim H^{1}+4.

We can now exclude global invariants on the tests of Lemma 4.7. In characteristic two the nontrivial rr-inertia scalar excludes coefficient invariants. In characteristic zero the same argument works unless that scalar is trivial. In the latter case t=0t=0, and T⊗Q2T \otimes\mathbb{Q}_{2} over GKG_K is absolutely irreducible: for non-CM curves this follows from the open image, and for CM curves from the open Cartan and its nontrivial normalizer component, since KK is not the CM field. Twisting by χh\chi_h does not alter its invariant subspaces. The degree-zero injection just proved therefore gives H0=0H^{0}=0 for the limiting Selmer complex. Together with (16), this leaves degrees one and two paired and kills degree three as well.

Lemma 4.10 (The exact common kernel). In the notation of Lemma 4.9, let HH be the group of sequences each of whose entries acts trivially on the full Tate module, on all ring-class fields of KK, and on the quadratic characters in use. Restriction from the crossed classes in that Lemma to HH is injective at every characteristic-zero test. It is also injective at the residual (2) test. The characteristic-zero annihilator needed for this assertion can be chosen with a fixed finite 2-valuation depending only on EE, also as KK varies.

Proof. The Tate image contains an open subgroup of scalar homotheties, both in the CM and non-CM cases [2], §2, Theorem 3 and paragraph 7. Choose once and for all g∈GQg \in G_{\mathbb{Q}} with Tate action u1u1, where u∈1+4Z2u \in1+4\mathbb{Z}_{2} and u≠1u \ne1. Its square belongs to every quadratic subgroup. Put

z=g2τg2τ−1.z = g^{2}\tau g^{2}\tau^{-1}.

The generalized dihedral property of every ring-class extension implies that zz is ring-class trivial. It is also trivial on every quadratic character, and its Tate action is the fixed scalar u4u^{4}. For every sequence in ΓK\Gamma_K, its commutator with the constant sequence zz is in the exact group HH, since its Tate commutator and all its abelian character images are trivial. Thus zz is central in ΓK/H\Gamma_K/H and acts on the coefficients by u4u^{4}. Here the elementary central-scalar argument suffices. If a crossed cocycle bb is defined on a group with such a central element, comparison of b(zg)b(zg) and b(gz)b(gz) gives

(u4−1)b(g)=(g−1)b(z).(u^{4}-1)b(g)=(g-1)b(z).

In characteristic zero this makes bb a coboundary. Inflation–restriction then gives injectivity on HH. The valuation of u4−1u^{4}-1 is fixed.

In characteristic two use instead, at the ii-th stage, an inertia element at rir_i mapping to the chosen generator of ξi\xi_i. Its Tate action is trivial and its ring-class image commutes with all ring-class images. The associated sequence is therefore central modulo HH, and its coefficient action is 1+t1+t. Since tt is invertible in F2((t))\mathbb{F}_2((t)), the same calculation applies. It is essential here that HH is defined by the exact actions at each stage, not merely by an action converging to the identity.

The outer characteristic-zero test

Proposition 4.11 (Integral evaluation through the outer limit). Let CjC_j be any family of the preceding limiting complexes, completed over Oj=Λ^(2)\mathcal{O}_j=\widehat{\Lambda}_{(2)}, possibly for different quadratic fields KjK_j. Suppose their minimal ranks are bounded. Keep their actual evaluation matrices, and transport them through the integral contractions to these minimal models. For a nonprincipal ultrafilter U\mathcal{U}, put

O∞=(∏UOj)/a,a={(xj):{j:v2(xj)≥n}∈U for every n}.\mathcal{O}_{\infty}=\left(\prod_{\mathcal{U}}\mathcal{O}_j\right)/\mathfrak{a},\qquad \mathfrak{a}=\{(x_j):\{j:v_2(x_j)\ge n\}\in\mathcal{U}\text{ for every }n\}.

Then O∞\mathcal{O}_{\infty} is a DVR with uniformizer 22 and a characteristic-zero fraction field L∞L_{\infty}. The outer complex has an injection of its H1H^1 over L∞L_{\infty} into crossed classes on the product of the inner sequence groups. Its restriction to the product of their exact common kernels is injective. All arbitrary-sequence degree-two evaluation identities survive. These conclusions also hold after retaining any fixed finite collection of additional integral diagrams.

Proof. A nonzero element of the quotient has a representative whose valuations are bounded on an ultrafilter-large set. A finite partition then makes its valuation equal to a single integer nn on such a set. It is 2n2^n times a unit. Products add these finite valuations, so the quotient is a domain, and every nonzero ideal has an element of smallest valuation. It is consequently a DVR. The integer 2n2^n is nonzero for every nn, so its fraction field has characteristic zero.

For each jj, all-sequence evaluation maps originally have entries in Λ\Lambda. Extension to Oj\mathcal{O}_j and composition with an integral contraction still give integral matrices. Thus evaluation on any sequence of inner group elements has an entrywise image in O∞\mathcal{O}_{\infty}. Equations (4.10) and (4.11) survive for all such sequences. In particular, if an outer cycle is represented by vectors xjx_j for which djxjd_jx_j has valuation tending to infinity, the evaluation of djxjd_jx_j does too: the degree-two evaluation matrix is integral. This proves the crossed identity for an outer cycle without replacing the xjx_j by genuine inner cycles.

Over the inner residue field Ωj\Omega_j, choose a detecting list as in Lemma 4.9; its length is at most dim⁡ΩjH1(Cj⊗Ωj)+rank⁡M\dim_{\Omega_j}H^1(C_j\otimes\Omega_j)+\operatorname{rank}M. These lengths are bounded. Include in the integral diagrams the evaluation map to its two-term complex and a contraction of its cone to a complex starting in degree one. Such a contraction uses only unit pivots over Oj\mathcal{O}_j and has bounded graded sizes. All its matrices, including inverses and homotopies, are integral and pass to the quotient. Its cone still starts in degree one after extension to L∞L_{\infty}. This proves injectivity just as in Lemma 4.9.

Let HjH_j be the inner exact kernel. The product of the central elements of Lemma 4.10 is central modulo ∏jHj\prod_j H_j. Its scalar is the same fixed u4u^4 in every component, and $u^4-1 remains nonzero in O∞\mathcal{O}_\infty. The explicit central-scalar calculation and inflation–restriction give the claimed restriction injection. Additional fixed finite diagrams are treated by the same entrywise operations.

Lemma 4.12 (Irreducibility on the characteristic-zero tests). On an inner or outer characteristic-zero test where Ψ2≠1\Psi^2 \ne1, the four-dimensional representation induced from TχΨT\chi\Psi is absolutely irreducible. If Ψ2=1\Psi^2 = 1 on an inner test, it splits as two inequivalent absolutely irreducible quadratic twists. In the outer test Ψ\Psi has infinite order.

Proof. The two induced summands are distinguished by rr-inertia, whose scalars are Ψ\Psi and Ψ−1\Psi^{-1}. On either summand, multiplying the Tate matrices by scalars does not alter invariant subspaces. The Tate representation restricted to GKG_K is absolutely irreducible under the exclusions already specified. These facts give absolute irreducibility of the induction when the two inertia characters differ.

For the outer argument this assertion requires a uniform finite witness. The images of the quadratic subgroups have index at most two in the fixed compact 2-adic Tate image. A compact 2-adic analytic group is topologically finitely generated and hence has only finitely many closed subgroups of index at most two. Choose one on an ultrafilter-large set. Its absolutely irreducible representation has finitely many matrices spanning M2(Q2)M_2(\mathbb{Q}_2); the determinant expressing this spanning property is a fixed nonzero 2-adic number. Every one of these Tate matrices is realized by choices of Galois elements in each component. Their accompanying character scalars are units and do not change the spanning assertion. Its determinant remains nonzero in L∞L_\infty. This proves absolute irreducibility in that field. Also 1+t1+t has infinite order already in every Ωj\Omega_j: for a nonzero integer nn, the first nonzero term of (1+t)n−1(1+t)^n-1 occurs in finite degree. It remains a unit modulo 2 in every component, so no such power becomes one in the outer field.

If Ψ2=1\Psi^2 = 1, extension across conjugation gives the two quadratic twists. They are inequivalent, since a quadratic self-twist of the Tate representation here would make its restriction to GKG_K reducible over an algebraic closure. In the CM case this would force KK to be the CM field, which was excluded.

Lemma 4.13 (Simultaneous finite Chebotarev realization). For any element uu of an exact kernel in Lemma 4.10, derivative primes can be chosen, at increasing finite precision, whose rational Frobenius is τu\tau u on all retained data. Their finite localization is evaluation on (τu)2(\tau u)^2. The assertion is compatible with the outer construction of Proposition 4.11 and with any fixed finite list of previous derivative operations.

Proof. At one Artin stage, a coordinate of a cochain in the image of a finite model is a locally constant function. The finitely many coordinates being used factor through one finite quotient of the absolute Galois group. Enlarge it to contain the Tate action at the required precision, the finitely many ring-class fields and quadratic characters currently in use, and all old finite data. Chebotarev realizes the conjugacy class of τu\tau u on this finite quotient, with a chosen place realizing the desired representative. It gives a rational prime inert in KK, outside the old finite set. Because uu is exactly Tate-trivial, its Frobenius tends to ρT(τ)\rho_T(\tau); in particular aℓ→0a_\ell\to0 and ℓ→−1\ell\to-1. Because uu is exactly ring-class trivial, the square Frobenius on the KK-prime is the identity on every retained ring-class field. The unramified local coordinate is therefore the stated Frobenius-square evaluation.

Repeat at each finite stage with increasing precision. All conditions remain finite, and no density bound or prime-size bound is required. For an outer sequence do this separately for each inner sequence, retaining the relevant finite evaluation matrices and degree-two identities before taking the outer quotient. Approximate inner cycles cause no problem, by the integrality calculation in Proposition 4.11. Previously imposed finite diagrams are unchanged.

In induced-module notation, restriction to the exact kernel is additive. For a crossed cocycle bb and an exact-kernel element uu,

b((τu)2)=(1+τ)b(u).b((\tau u)^2)=(1+\tau)b(u).

Indeed τ2=1\tau^2=1, uu acts trivially on the coefficients, and the cocycle identity cancels the two occurrences of b(τ)b(\tau). Projection to either induced summand identifies im⁡(1+τ)\operatorname{im}(1+\tau) with a two-dimensional coefficient module, also in characteristic two.

Theorem 4.14 (The limit and evaluation interface). For the ring data fixed at the start of this section, retain the finite target-side arithmetic diagrams with their maps to original cochains, homotopies, and dualities as in Lemma 4.4. The moving characters, local conditions, and evaluation constructions then have the following simultaneous properties:

  1. Every specified finite target-side arithmetic diagram admits a bounded free model together with maps to its original cochains; the specified maps, homotopies and dualities survive the inner limit.

  2. At the stated height-one tests the relaxed active local complexes are acyclic, and the Selmer duality pairs degrees one and two. Integral Kummer conditions at 2N2N include their full derived degree-zero invariants.

  3. The residual sizes needed for the outer construction are bounded independently of the active conductor support, with dependence only on EE, the bound on ω(disc⁡K)\omega(\operatorname{disc} K), and the number of retained derivative primes.

  4. Inner and outer H1H^1 are detected by actual crossed cocycles, including on the exact common kernel. The evaluations and their degree-two identities can be realized by finite Chebotarev conditions without disturbing earlier finite data.

These assertions do not assert an Euler-system reciprocity law or an integral derivative class that has not first been constructed at finite level. Once those finite arithmetic diagrams are constructed, this Theorem supplies their limit compatibility.

Proof. Combine Lemmas 4.3 and 4.4, Lemma 4.5, Proposition 4.6, Lemmas 4.7 and 4.8, Lemmas 4.9 and 4.10, Proposition 4.11, and Lemma 4.13. Every passage uses actual integral matrices of bounded size; arbitrary evaluations are retained by their original contraction maps, not by an inference from a finite list of identities.

Ring-class switches, determinant lattices, and transfer

This section constructs the derivative classes and proves the determinant and transfer statements. The arithmetic models, the character Ψ\Psi, and their evaluation maps are those of Lemmas 4.3, 4.4, 4.9, and 4.10, and Propositions 4.6 and 4.11. There are two outputs. Corollary 4.1 bounds a Heegner-point index at a known simple zero, uniformly in the conductor and with dependence only on a bound for the number of companion primes. Theorem 4.2 instead fixes the companion field and recovers an unknown base derivative from a family of known simple zeros. The first step is an integral switch: adding a derivative prime replaces a finite local condition by its singular counterpart without changing the determinant valuation. Repeated switches then give the uniform lower bound. For the missing vertex we need more: the determinants must occur in one group-ring family with a uniformly bounded clearing factor. We construct the arithmetic diagrams before applying these two arguments, and verify their specialization and family properties where they are used.

Fix E/QE/\mathbb{Q}, put T=T2(E)T=T_2(E), and normalize v(2)=1v(2)=1. Let

Λ=Z2[[t]],O=Λ^(2),Ω=F2((t)).\Lambda=\mathbb{Z}_2[[t]],\qquad\mathcal{O}=\widehat{\Lambda}_{(2)},\qquad\Omega=\mathbb{F}_2((t)).

For a perfect cohomological complex CC, use the inverse determinant line

D(C)=⨂i(det⁡Ci)(−1)i+1.(20)\mathcal{D}(C)=\bigotimes_i(\det C^i)^{(-1)^{i+1}}. \tag*{(20)}

In particular, for a complex in degrees one and two this is det⁡C1⊗(det⁡C2)−1\det C^1\otimes(\det C^2)^{-1}. A basis of this integral line is fixed whenever a determinant coordinate is mentioned. Changing it multiplies the coordinate by an integral unit.

The ring data consist of an imaginary quadratic field K=Q(k)K=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}) split at 2N2N, a product hh of signed good odd primes split in KK, and (h,k)=1(h,k)=1. The fields with extra units and the CM field of EE are excluded. Write

tp=dim⁡F2E[2]Fr⁡p,w(h)=12∑p∣htp.(21)t_p=\dim_{\mathbb{F}_2}E[2]^{\operatorname{Fr}_p},\qquad w(h)=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{p\mid h}t_p. \tag*{(21)}

Choose the modular parametrization π:X0(N)→E\pi:X_0(N)\to E normalized by π(∞)=0\pi(\infty)=0, translating it by the rational point −π(∞)-\pi(\infty) first if necessary. By the Manin–Drinfeld theorem [34, 16], images of cusp differences are torsion, so one fixed integer kills every cuspidal ambiguity. No assertion that an arbitrary translate has torsion value at ∞\infty is used. The scalar deformation is trivial at 2N2N, has unit exponent on the auxiliary conductor inertia, and odd exponent at the indicated split conductor Frobenii. Its auxiliary prime rr is allowed to change with the precision. The trace bound in Proposition 4.6 is part of the data.

The local switch and its integral determinant

Lemma 5.1 (The split local model). Let a sequence of inert good primes ℓ\ell have rational Frobenius lifts tending on TT to a fixed complex conjugation JJ. At the unique prime of KK above ℓ\ell, the limiting local complex has

H0=M,H1=F⊕S=M⊕M,H2=M,H^0=M,\qquad H^1=F\oplus S=M\oplus M,\qquad H^2=M,

with zero differentials in a free split model. Here M=T⊗ΛM=T\otimes\Lambda with the relevant scalar coefficient structure. The two degree-one coordinates of a cocycle are

f(c)=c(γ2),s(c)=c(σ),f(c)=c(\gamma^2),\qquad s(c)=c(\sigma),

where γ\gamma is the chosen rational Frobenius lift and σ\sigma is an oriented pro-2 tame generator. The plane conditions F={s=0}F=\{s=0\} and S={f=0}S=\{f=0\} include H0H^0 and exclude H2H^2. Each is its own orthogonal complement for conjugate-Weil duality. The strict condition H0H^0 and the relaxed condition H0⊕H1[−1]H^0\oplus H^1[-1] are mutually dual. All four inclusions can be equipped with compatible integral duality triangles.

Proof. The prime-to-ℓ\ell local cochains are computed by the tame inertia and residue-field directions. In these two directions the differentials are formed from inertia minus one and Frobenius minus one, with the usual Frobenius action on tame inertia. On MM, inertia is trivial at the derivative prime. The square of a rational Frobenius is trivial on every ring-class character. In the limit it is also the identity on TT, while ℓ2\ell^2 tends to one. Thus both differentials become zero, giving (5.3).

Here is a finite-precision check of the pairing, needed at 2. At a retained quotient killed by 2a2^a, impose also q=ℓ2≡1(mod2a+1)q=\ell^2\equiv1\pmod{2^{a+1}}, as well as trivial Frobenius-square action on the coefficient module at this quotient. The tame two-generator complex then has zero differentials, with the coordinates in (5.4). Its degree-one scalar generators are the unramified and tame characters. More explicitly, use the presentation ϕσϕ−1σ−q=1\phi\sigma\phi^{-1}\sigma^{-q}=1. After augmentation with trivial coefficient action its Fox resolution has terms of ranks 1,2,11,2,1, with d0=0d^0=0 and d1=(0,1−q)d^1=(0,1-q), in the ordered finite and tame coordinates. The diagonal from the same resolution has zero pure-finite term, unit mixed terms, and pure-tame coefficient ±(q2)\pm\binom{q}{2}. The latter coefficient is the augmented second derivative of σ−q\sigma^{-q} together with its adjacent σ\sigma in the relation. Both 1−q1-q and (q2)\binom{q}{2} vanish modulo 2a2^a under the imposed congruence. Thus this is an actual split complex and an actual pure-plane zero pairing at the retained precision. The field contains the 2a+12^{a+1}-st roots of unity, so −1-1 is a 2a2^a-th power. The norm-residue identity (x,x)=(x,−1)(x,x)=(x,-1) for the 2a2^a-Hilbert symbol therefore makes the square of each scalar generator zero. The two generators form a basis; local Tate duality makes their cross pairing a unit. The same calculation applies coefficientwise to the free Artin coefficient module, including its nilpotent tt and quadratic variables. Thus the pure plane restrictions are already zero at every retained quotient. All these congruences can be imposed simultaneously with the derivative Frobenius conditions by increasing their precision. Taking the compatible limit proves integral vanishing of the pure squares. It is not deduced from skew symmetry in characteristic two.

Equivalently, in the limiting tame presentation ϕσϕ−1=σq\phi\sigma\phi^{-1}=\sigma^q with q→1q\to1, the rank-(1,2,1)(1,2,1) resolution specializes to the exterior resolution for two procyclic directions. The finite Hilbert-symbol calculation specifies the cup product on its split cohomology and rules out a hidden square term. Conjugation transports the finite Tate coordinate by JJ and the singular coordinate by −J-J, with possible scalar units coming from the orientations. Consequently the cross pairing is

β(x,y)=ϵ⟨x,Jy⟩,ϵ∈Λ×,x∈F,y∈S,(22)\beta(x,y)=\epsilon\langle x,Jy\rangle,\qquad\epsilon\in\Lambda^\times,\quad x\in F,\quad y\in S, \tag*{(22)}

where ⟨,⟩\langle,\rangle is the perfect alternating Weil form. This proves the assertions about orthogonal complements. Since the restrictions of this explicit pairing to either pure plane are zero as maps of the split complexes, their isotropy homotopies may be chosen to be zero. Only a product of two degree-one terms could map to the degree-two local invariant target; the degree-zero terms introduce no additional restriction. These zero homotopies agree on the strict subcomplex. These are the actual orthogonality data required in the Selmer duality construction [37], Theorem 6.3.4; the compatibility assertion is therefore an assertion about these displayed complexes and maps. Lemma 4.4 is used to retain this finite diagram together with the unchanged local data.

We now construct global classes with these local coordinates, using the CM points ym∈E(Hm)y_m\in E(H_m) fixed in Section 4. For the fixed twist put c=∣h∣c=|h|. If II is a finite set of derivative primes, put n=∏ℓ∈Iℓn=\prod_{\ell\in I}\ell; the points used for this set have conductor crncrn.

Let CIC_I denote the limiting Selmer complex with coefficients TχψT_\chi\psi. Its local conditions are Kummer at 2N2N, full at the active primes dividing hh and at rr, singular at the primes in II, and unramified elsewhere. At a new derivative prime ℓ∉I\ell\notin I, the unramified condition is the finite plane FℓF_\ell of Lemma 5.1. Both plane conditions retain local H0H^0 and omit H2H^2, as in that lemma. The next result constructs the class PIP_I in this complex; its two displayed localizations are taken at the newly added prime ℓ\ell.

Lemma 5.2 (Descent and the switch at 2). Perform each finite ring-class construction and its weighted transfer before retaining its target-side data by the construction following Lemma 4.4. There is one integer L≠0L\ne0, depending on the fixed curve, parametrization and fixed local types, such that the classes obtained from the Heegner derivatives of LL times the point satisfy, for every finite switched set II,

PI∈H1(CI),f(PI∪{ℓ})=0,s(PI∪{ℓ})=Jf(PI).P_I\in H^1(C_I),\qquad f(P_{I\cup\{\ell\}})=0,\qquad s(P_{I\cup\{\ell\}})=Jf(P_I).

The same LL works for every number of active and derivative primes. The previously imposed singular conditions are retained.

Proof. We use Kolyvagin’s derivative operators [32], keeping their integral descent explicit at 22. Choose the orientations coherently. The relative ring-class group at an inert prime ℓ\ell is cyclic of order ℓ+1\ell+1. For distinct new primes these groups form a product: the ring-class exact sequence has kernel the product of the local residue-unit quotients, and the only global units here are 11, −1-1, whose images in these quotients are trivial. Choose a generator σℓ\sigma_\ell compatibly with the tame orientation in Lemma 5.1; its pro-22 component gives the coordinate ss at the retained precision. Set

Dℓ=∑i=1ℓσℓi,DI=∏ℓ∈IDℓ.D_\ell=\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}\sigma_\ell^i,\qquad D_I=\prod_{\ell\in I}D_\ell.

Direct multiplication gives

(σℓ−1)Dℓ=(ℓ+1)−∑i=0ℓσℓi.(\sigma_\ell-1)D_\ell=(\ell+1)-\sum_{i=0}^{\ell}\sigma_\ell^i.

The Hecke correspondence and reduction of its CM isogenies give, for every class-group translate,

Tr⁡(ycrn)=aℓycrn/ℓ,y~crn=Fr⁡ℓy~crn/ℓ.(23)\operatorname{Tr}(y_{\mathrm{crn}})=a_\ell y_{\mathrm{crn}/\ell},\qquad\widetilde{y}_{\mathrm{crn}}=\operatorname{Fr}_\ell\widetilde{y}_{\mathrm{crn}/\ell}. \tag*{(23)}

These are the point relations, not an application of a residual irreducibility theorem. A fixed multiple of the parametrization removes cuspidal terms.

There is a uniform bound on the 22-primary torsion over the union of the ring-class fields in use. To see this, choose a fixed nonidentity scalar homothety in the 22-adic Tate image. Square a lift so that it belongs to every quadratic subgroup under consideration. Multiply it by its conjugate under complex conjugation. Its action on each ring-class field is trivial, because conjugation inverts the abelian ring-class action, while its action on TT is still a fixed nonidentity scalar. Write that scalar minus one as 2e2^e times a unit. Then 2e2^e kills the torsion in question. The existence of this fixed scalar, including the CM case, is the Tate-image input used in Lemma 4.10.

Work first with coefficients modulo 2a2^a. Require aℓa_\ell and ℓ+1\ell+1 to vanish to a precision substantially larger than aa. Equations (5.7) and (5.8) then make the derivative Kummer class invariant under the relative ring-class group. In the inflation–restriction sequence, both the obstruction to descent and the ambiguity of descent are killed by 2e2^e, since their coefficient module is killed by 2e2^e. Multiplication by 22e2^{2e} therefore gives a descent independent of this ambiguity: descend 2e2^e times the class and multiply its lift by 2e2^e. There is no repetition of this factor for individual primes; descent is performed once from the field with the complete conductor.

The target coefficient module is obtained by an integral transfer. For a finite Artin coefficient ring AA, let Δ=Gal⁡(Hcr/K)\Delta=\operatorname{Gal}(H_{\mathrm{cr}}/K), through which the finite scalar and quadratic characters factor. Shapiro’s cochain map and the coefficient homomorphism

A[Δ]⟶A,[σ]⟼χh(σ)Ψ(σ)A[\Delta]\longrightarrow A,\qquad[\sigma]\longmapsto\chi_h(\sigma)\Psi(\sigma)

send the descended class to coefficients TχhΨT\chi_h\Psi. For a universal quadratic family, replace the quadratic value by its group element in A[G]A[G], also including the fixed base character. Choose inverse actions on both sides when using that Shapiro convention. Explicitly, these maps are finite coset sums with the indicated scalar weights; there is no division by #Δ\#\Delta. These chain maps, in all degrees, are used at this finite stage. Naturality of restriction and Kummer restriction supplies their local lifts and comparison homotopies. Apply the maps to the classes and these witnesses before passing to bounded target models. Neither the complex over HcrH_{\mathrm{cr}} nor its induced coefficient module A[Δ]A[\Delta] is retained in the limiting diagram. We check the required target local conditions next.

At a place over 2N2N these descent extensions are unramified. For the identity component of a Neron model, the obstruction to unramified descent vanishes. Indeed, Lang’s theorem gives the assertion on the connected special fiber, and the successive formal-group quotients are additive residue-field modules, whose unramified cyclic cohomology vanishes by the normal-basis and trace calculation. Passing to the inverse limit of these quotients preserves the assertion. The remaining obstruction is killed by the geometric component-group order. Those orders have a uniform bound over unramified extensions of the finitely many fixed local twisting types. Include their product, the descent factor, and the parametrization factor in LL. Thus the descended class has the integral Kummer condition at 2N2N. No good-ordinary or semistability condition was used. Transfer with the scalar character preserves this condition because Ψ=1\Psi=1 there.

Here is the local calculation, including the division by two. Apply the derivatives at all primes other than ℓ\ell, and write X,YX,Y for the resulting lower and upper points. Put Fℓ=Fr⁡ℓF_{\ell}=\operatorname{Fr}_{\ell}. The lower field splits at the KK-prime (ℓ)(\ell), since that ideal is principal. Reduction therefore gives Fℓ2X~=X~F_{\ell}^{2}\widetilde{X}=\widetilde{X}. Good reduction identifies the prime-to-ℓ\ell torsion with the torsion of the reduced curve. In the following coordinate formulas, FℓF_{\ell} acts on reduced points, where it satisfies its Frobenius polynomial. If QQ is a 2a2^{a}-division point of LXLX, the finite coordinate of its Kummer class is

f=(Fℓ2−1)Q~=(aℓFℓ−(ℓ+1))Q~.(24)f=(F_{\ell}^{2}-1)\widetilde{Q}=(a_{\ell}F_{\ell}-(\ell+1))\widetilde{Q}. \tag*{(24)}

We give the descent-cocycle calculation of the other coordinate. Choose ZZ with 2aZ=LDℓY2^{a}Z=LD_{\ell}Y, and choose the descended cocycle bb so that on the upper-field Galois group it is b(g)=(g−1)Zb(g)=(g-1)Z. A change by the already bounded descent ambiguity has no effect on the eventual limit. The crossed identity gives

U=(σℓ−1)Z−b(σℓ)∈E(Hcrn).U=(\sigma_{\ell}-1)Z-b(\sigma_{\ell})\in E(H_{\mathrm{cr}n}).

For gg in the upper-field Galois group, compare the two expansions of b(gσℓ)b(g\sigma_{\ell}); they give gU=UgU=U. Moreover,

2aU=L((ℓ+1)Y−aℓX).2^{a}U=L((\ell+1)Y-a_{\ell}X).

Both integers ℓ+1\ell+1, aℓa_{\ell} are divisible by 2a2^{a}. Consequently

U0=Lℓ+12aY−Laℓ2aXU_{0}=L\frac{\ell+1}{2^{a}}Y-L\frac{a_{\ell}}{2^{a}}X

is an actual upper-field point with the same 2a2^{a}-multiple as UU. Thus U−U0U-U_{0} is upper-field torsion of bounded exponent. This comparison with an actual integer quotient is what bounds the ambiguity; arbitrary division points would not give this bound. Reduction makes σℓ\sigma_{\ell} act trivially and Y~=FℓX~\widetilde{Y}=F_{\ell}\widetilde{X}. Therefore reduction of b(σℓ)=−Ub(\sigma_{\ell})=-U gives its singular coordinate

s=(aℓ−(ℓ+1)Fℓ)Q~(25)s=(a_{\ell}-(\ell+1)F_{\ell})\widetilde{Q} \tag*{(25)}

up to the uniformly bounded descent torsion already described. The Frobenius polynomial yields the exact operator identity

(Fℓ−aℓ)(aℓFℓ−(ℓ+1))=aℓ−(ℓ+1)Fℓ.(26)(F_{\ell}-a_{\ell})(a_{\ell}F_{\ell}-(\ell+1))=a_{\ell}-(\ell+1)F_{\ell}. \tag*{(26)}

Thus s=(Fℓ−aℓ)fs=(F_{\ell}-a_{\ell})f; when aℓa_{\ell} vanishes at the retained torsion precision, this is s=Fℓfs=F_{\ell}f. Taking the Frobenius limit gives s=Jfs=Jf.

For the new finite coordinate, reduction of the derivative point is

∑i=1ℓiFℓX~=ℓ(ℓ+1)2FℓX~.(27)\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}iF_{\ell}\widetilde{X}=\frac{\ell(\ell+1)}{2}F_{\ell}\widetilde{X}. \tag*{(27)}

The conductor extension at ℓ\ell is totally ramified, so a Frobenius lift may be chosen in the upper-field local Galois group. There the descended cocycle restricts to the Kummer cocycle of the derivative point. If v2(ℓ+1)≥a+1v_2(\ell+ 1) \ge a + 1, its displayed reduction is 2a2^a times an Fℓ2F_\ell^2-fixed point. Its finite Kummer coordinate is therefore zero modulo 2a2^a. The additional 11 is essential at 22. It is imposed in the choice of the next precision, and does not multiply the class by a new denominator. Bounded torsion ambiguities disappear on passing from E[2a]E[2^a] to E[2m]E[2^m] with a−m≥ea-m \ge e. Choose aa and the Frobenius precision successively faster than mm.

The calculation is compatible with every translate in the transfer: transport the place and its Frobenius before applying that translate. The scalar weight on the lower and upper class is identical. Applying the same calculation at each ℓ∈I\ell\in I proves the earlier singular conditions as well.

Finally complete the weighted transfer at each stage and retain the resulting target Selmer-cone cycles and their local lifts. An equality of the transferred local classes gives a boundary witness in the target local complex; retain that witness after contraction as well. For instance, retain the degree-zero vectors whose boundaries are the differences in the two switch identities. Include the split local Fox complexes, their zero isotropy homotopies, and the target comparison matrices. The target-side construction in Section 4 proves that this is a bounded diagram for each fixed active support and finite switched set. Its bound is independent of the degrees of the ring-class fields. When a further derivative prime is selected, extend the same original finite-stage diagram and its contraction maps, using the same inner ultrafilter. Do not construct an unrelated cohomologically equivalent old complex. The earlier evaluations, including all degree-two cocycle identities, are consequently retained by the same contraction maps after each new switch. Lemma 4.4 applies to these extended diagrams. Their limiting classes give (5.6). The displayed local formulas agree with the calculation underlying [26]; Howard’s odd-prime global hypotheses are not being asserted at 22.

The paired arithmetic determinant. All the target classes and comparison maps are constructed in the same finite diagram. At each Artin precision, use the character of Proposition 4.6, the global Selmer cone, and the Kummer complexes at 2N2N. At a derivative prime impose enough Frobenius precision for Lemma 5.2 and also ℓ2≡1(mod2a+1)\ell^2 \equiv1 \pmod{2^{a+1}} at every retained quotient killed by 2a2^a. Lemma 5.1 then gives the finite, singular, strict and relaxed inclusions with their common zero isotropy homotopies. Applying the actual global duality morphism (4.7) constructs their integral localization and duality triangles. Perform the descent and weighted transfers of Lemma 5.2 at each finite stage. Include their target cycles, local Kummer lifts and target boundary witnesses in this diagram before applying Lemmas 4.3 and 4.4, using only the target-side data. All remaining maps have bounded target models as both source and target; the ring-class source complexes are not among these objects.

A further switch extends these original finite stages, their contractions and their fixed inner ultrafilter. Theorem 4.14 therefore retains the same degree-zero, degree-one and degree-two evaluations and the exact-kernel restrictions. In particular, the old evaluations are not replaced by maps on an independently chosen equivalent complex.

Here is how a class produces its paired functional. Work over a height-one localization where the full local complexes at the active primes rr are acyclic. By Lemma 4.7 this includes O\mathcal{O} and every characteristic-zero test used below. These complexes have integral contractions. They identify the relaxed Selmer complex with its orthogonal complex; at switched primes the plane condition is already self-dual, and at 2N2N the integral Kummer condition is self-dual. Lift the class through this comparison and compose it with the retained global duality map. The result is a closed degree-two functional λI\lambda_I, integral up to the single initial multiplier and any fixed old-support correction. Thus it is not an arbitrarily chosen rational cohomology dual.

When the generic cohomology has dimension one in degrees one and two and is zero elsewhere, define uIu_I to be the coordinate of

[PI]⊗[λI]∈H1(CI)⊗H2(CI)∗≃D(CI)[P_I] \otimes[\lambda_I] \in H^1(C_I) \otimes H^2(C_I)^* \simeq\mathcal{D}(C_I)

over the fraction field, in the fixed integral determinant basis. For an acyclic constituent set this class-dual coordinate to zero. The generic functional is determined by the same derived duality at all localizations; different local contractions represent that functional, not one cochain asserted to be integral everywhere. For I=∅I = \varnothing write uhu_h. The rank-one assertions needed for the arithmetic applications are verified below by rational central specialization.

The arithmetic switch must now be compared in these determinant lattices. A localized class may be divisible by 2; the next lemma shows that such a division does not cost a factor at each switch.

Lemma 5.3 (Exact determinant switch over a DVR). Let O\mathcal{O} be a DVR with fraction field FOF_{\mathcal{O}}. Suppose that integral perfect complexes Cstr,CF,CS,CrelC_{\mathrm{str}}, C_F, C_S, C_{\mathrm{rel}}, their localization triangles, and their dualities are the base changes of the diagram in Lemma 5.1. Suppose the generic cohomology of these four global complexes is concentrated in degrees one and two, that H1(CF⊗FO)=FOAH^1(C_F \otimes F_{\mathcal{O}}) = F_{\mathcal{O}}A, and

f(A)=v0≠0,s(B)=Jv0,f(B)=0f(A) = v_0 \ne0, \qquad s(B) = Jv_0, \qquad f(B) = 0

for a class BB in the switched complex. The determinant tensors are formed from each class and its functional under these same dualities. Then the switched generic cohomology has rank one, is spanned by BB, and

vO(uF)=vO(uS).(28)v_{\mathcal{O}}(u_F) = v_{\mathcal{O}}(u_S). \tag*{(28)}

Neither localization is required to be primitive.

Proof. For this proof only, cohomology without a coefficient ring means cohomology over FOF_{\mathcal{O}}. Nonzero localization of AA gives H1(Cstr)=0H^1(C_{\mathrm{str}}) = 0. The relaxed localization image is self-annihilating in F⊕SF \oplus S, so it has dimension two. It contains the two independent vectors (v0,0)(v_0, 0) and (0,Jv0)(0, Jv_0) in the opposite planes. Its intersections with either plane are therefore exactly one-dimensional. This proves the generic rank assertions.

Put V=H1(Crel)V = H^1(C_{\mathrm{rel}}), with ordered basis A,BA, B. Duality identifies H2(Cstr)H^2(C_{\mathrm{str}}) with V∗V^*; denote the dual basis by A∗,B∗A^*, B^*. The two integral triangles are

Cstr⟶CF⟶F[−1]⟶,Cstr⟶CS⟶S[−1]⟶.(29)C_{\mathrm{str}} \longrightarrow C_F \longrightarrow F[-1] \longrightarrow,\qquad C_{\mathrm{str}} \longrightarrow C_S \longrightarrow S[-1] \longrightarrow. \tag*{(29)}

Their fraction-field exact sequences are

0⟶FOA⟶F→δFV∗⟶FOA∗⟶00 \longrightarrow F_{\mathcal{O}}A \longrightarrow F \xrightarrow{\delta_F} V^* \longrightarrow F_{\mathcal{O}}A^* \longrightarrow0

and the same sequence with A,F,A∗A, F, A^* replaced by B,S,B∗B, S, B^*. The boundary is the dual of the relaxed localization. In view of (22) and s(B)=Jv0s(B) = Jv_0, it satisfies

δF(x)=ϵF⟨x,v0⟩B∗,ϵF∈O×.(30)\delta_F(x) = \epsilon_F \langle x, v_0 \rangle B^*, \qquad\epsilon_F \in\mathcal{O}^{\times}. \tag*{(30)}

Choose x∈F⊗FOx \in F \otimes F_{\mathcal{O}} with δF(x)=B∗\delta_F(x) = B^*. Then v0∧xv_0 \wedge x has unit volume in the integral determinant lattice det⁡OF\det_{\mathcal{O}} F, because the alternating form on FF is unimodular and ⟨x,v0⟩\langle x, v_0 \rangle is a unit. Although xx can be nonintegral, this assertion about its exterior product is an equality of lattices. Similarly choose y∈S⊗FOy \in S \otimes F_{\mathcal{O}} mapping to A∗A^*. The volume of Jv0∧yJv_0 \wedge y is a unit in det⁡OS\det_{\mathcal{O}} S.

The determinant isomorphisms of the two exact sequences send

A⊗(A∗)∗A \otimes(A^*)^*

and

B⊗(B∗)∗B \otimes(B^*)^*

respectively, up to units and the irrelevant determinant sign, to

(A∗∧B∗)∗⊗(v0∧x),(A∗∧B∗)∗⊗(Jv0∧y).(A^* \wedge B^*)^* \otimes(v_0 \wedge x), \qquad(A^* \wedge B^*)^* \otimes(Jv_0 \wedge y).

These comparisons take place in D(Cstr)⊗det⁡F\mathcal{D}(C_{\mathrm{str}}) \otimes\det F and D(Cstr)⊗det⁡S\mathcal{D}(C_{\mathrm{str}}) \otimes\det S. The two plane determinants are identified by a unimodular map. Hence the two coordinates have the same valuation.

This also explains exactly where the finite indices go. For a two-term elementary summand [O→πdO][O \xrightarrow{\pi^d} O] in degrees one and two, its contribution to the coordinate in D\mathcal{D} is π−d\pi^{-d}. Such summands, including those arising from nonprimitive localization, occur inside the integral isomorphisms (5.14). They are not discarded when writing (5.16). All strict torsion contributions are common to the two sides. The argument does not ask for an integral complement to v0v_0; for example v0=2de1v_0 = 2^d e_1 is paired with the fractional vector 2−de22^{-d}e_2, whose exterior product with v0v_0 has unit volume.

Rank reduction and the outer DVR

The local switch preserves a determinant valuation. We now use it to reduce the dimension of any larger specialized Selmer space until a nonzero minor controls that valuation. The first argument handles each characteristic-zero height-one prime. A second, outer limit turns a hypothetical sequence of unbounded losses at (2) into the same rank reduction problem.

Lemma 5.4 (Selecting a rank-two evaluation). Let GG be a group, HH a normal subgroup acting trivially on an absolutely irreducible representation WW over a field FOF_O, and suppose that restriction of the relevant cohomology classes to HH is injective. For two independent classes, their joint evaluations on HH span W⊕WW \oplus W. If the finite localization is the rank-two projection supplied by 1+τ1+\tau on the induced representation, some actual evaluation has rank two. One of the two classes may be any prescribed nonzero class.

Proof. On HH a crossed homomorphism is an additive homomorphism, and its image is equivariant for GG. A proper submodule of W⊕WW \oplus W dominating both factors would impose a nonzero scalar linear relation on the two evaluations: the direct sum of two simple modules is semisimple, and End⁡G(W)=FO\operatorname{End}_G(W)=F_O. That relation, followed by injectivity of restriction, would contradict independence of the classes. Thus the joint span is the whole direct sum. Projecting by 1+τ1+\tau gives all pairs in the two-dimensional finite plane.

It remains to pass from a span to a single element of the additive evaluation image UU. If the determinant quadratic polynomial QQ vanished on UU, then its polar form Q(u+v)−Q(u)−Q(v)Q(u+v)-Q(u)-Q(v) would vanish for u,v∈Uu,v \in U. Consequently

Q(∑iaiui)=∑iai2Q(ui)+∑i<jaiaj(Q(ui+uj)−Q(ui)−Q(uj))=0.Q\left(\sum_i a_i u_i\right)=\sum_i a_i^2Q(u_i)+\sum_{i<j}a_i a_j\left(Q(u_i+u_j)-Q(u_i)-Q(u_j)\right)=0.

It would vanish on the entire field span, where it is not the zero polynomial. This contradiction proves the assertion. This polarization argument is valid in characteristic two as well.

Proposition 5.5 (Nonnegative valuations away from (2)). Assume the simultaneous diagrams, derivative classes, and exact-kernel evaluation maps of Lemmas 4.9, 4.10, 5.1, and 5.2. For a primitive constituent whose generic cohomology has rank at most one in degrees one and two and zero elsewhere, its class-dual determinant coordinate belongs to Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2]. This includes a simple-zero constituent and a base with 2∞2^\infty-Selmer corank one.

Proof. The zero coordinate needs no argument. Otherwise the generic rank is one and the class spans it. Localize at a height-one prime p≠(2)\mathfrak{p} \ne(2), and denote the residue field by FOF_O. Its characteristic is zero. Lemma 4.7, the degree-zero local conditions, and duality give zero fiber cohomology in degrees zero and three. Canceling unit blocks therefore gives a free DVR model in degrees one and two. A primitive vector in its generic kernel has nonzero image in its p\mathfrak{p}-fiber: the kernel of a map of free modules over a DVR is saturated. Include this vector in each localization test. The two-sign reduction below has the same pattern as [26], Lemmas 1.5.3 and 1.6.4; the integral switch and the evaluation hypotheses needed here at 2 have been constructed above.

Suppose first that Ψ2≠1\Psi^2 \ne1 on FOF_O. Inertia at rr distinguishes the two summands of the induced representation. The Tate representation over KK is absolutely irreducible in characteristic zero: this follows from the open Tate image, or from its CM normalizer when KK is not the CM field. Thus the induced representation is absolutely irreducible. If the test Selmer dimension is s>1s > 1, Lemma 5.4 and the finite Chebotarev realization in Lemma 4.13 give a derivative prime with rank-two finite localization, nonzero on the chosen primitive vector.

Poitou–Tate duality now determines the effect on the fiber. The relaxed localization image is a self-annihilating plane. It contains the whole finite plane, and hence equals that plane. The strict kernel has dimension s−2s-2, and its replacement by the singular condition adds no new class. The fiber dimension therefore drops by two. On the generic field, the localization is nonzero, so Lemmas 5.2 and 5.3 preserve generic rank one, the nonzero derivative class, and the determinant valuation.

If Ψ2=1\Psi^2 = 1, use conjugation, including its action (1+t)↦(1+t)−1(1+t) \mapsto(1+t)^{-1}, to split the fiber into two signs. All prior plane conditions are stable under this involution in the split local model. The two Galois summands are nonisomorphic absolutely irreducible representations; the only CM quadratic self-twist has been excluded. Each sign has one finite and one singular coordinate. The local pairing in a sign is a nondegenerate symmetric hyperbolic pairing, whose only isotropic lines in characteristic zero are the finite and singular axes. If both signs occur globally, choose one class from each, including a nonzero component of the primitive vector, to obtain the same rank-two reduction.

If only one sign occurs and s>1s > 1, choose a rank-one finite localization nonzero on that vector. In this sign the relaxed image is the finite line. In the other sign its intersection with the finite line is zero, and self-duality forces it to be the singular line. A switch retains the old strict kernel of dimension s−1≥1s-1 \ge1, introduces the other sign, and preserves the total dimension. The next rank-two switch reduces it. After finitely many such operations the fiber dimension is one. It cannot fall below one, since a primitive vector from the generic rank-one kernel survives after each switch.

At fiber dimension one, a minimal self-dual model over the DVR has one free term in each of degrees one and two and zero differential. The class and paired functional are integral at this height-one prime. Their determinant coordinate is therefore integral. Reversing (5.13) proves nonnegative valuation at p\mathfrak{p}. Applying this at every height-one prime other than (2)(2), and using that the normal ring Λ\Lambda is the intersection of its height-one valuation rings inside its fraction field, gives membership in Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2].

For the stated arithmetic instances, the rational central specialization has Selmer dimension one and no invariants. Upper semicontinuity bounds the generic dimension by one. If the generic class is nonzero, it spans this space. This uses Selmer corank at an unknown base and does not replace that corank by Mordell–Weil rank.

Lemma 5.6 (The terminal minor estimate). Let

Ci=[Oin→DiOin]C_i = [O_i^n \xrightarrow{D_i} O_i^n]

be based complexes over DVRs with uniformizer 2, with generic rank-one kernel. Let zi∈ker⁡Diz_i \in\ker D_i be integral, and let λi∈2−a(Oin)∗\lambda_i \in2^{-a}(O_i^n)^* annihilate im⁡Di\operatorname{im} D_i, where aa is fixed. If an (n−1)(n-1)-minor Δi\Delta_i has v(Δi)≤bv(\Delta_i) \le b, the determinant coordinate uiu_i of zi⊗λiz_i \otimes\lambda_i satisfies

v(ui)≥−a−b.v(u_i) \ge-a-b.

Proof. Permute rows and columns so that the minor is the upper-left block AiA_i. Write

Di=(Aibicidi).D_i = \begin{pmatrix} A_i & b_i \\ c_i & d_i \end{pmatrix}.

Since its rank is n−1n-1, its Schur complement is zero. Over the fraction field, use the triangular basis changes with entries Ai−1bi,ciAi−1A_i^{-1}b_i,c_iA_i^{-1} to leave AiA_i and a zero one-by-one block. These triangular changes have determinant one. If αi\alpha_i is the last coordinate of ziz_i and βi\beta_i the value of λi\lambda_i on the last target basis vector, cancellation gives exactly

ui=±αiβidet⁡Ai.u_i = \pm\frac{\alpha_i\beta_i}{\det A_i}.

Here αi∈Oi\alpha_i \in O_i and βi∈2−aOi\beta_i \in2^{-a}O_i. This proves (5.17). If n=1n=1, the empty minor is 1 and the same formula applies.

Proposition 5.7 (Uniform residual valuation from outer rank reduction). Assume all of the following properties of a collection of primitive ring instances:

  1. after any fixed number of switches, minimal OO-models have size bounded independently of hh and of KK with ω(k)≤A\omega(k) \le A;

  2. the all-sequence evaluation and exact-kernel restriction of Proposition 4.11, and the finite Chebotarev realization of Lemma 4.13, hold for these models, retaining their degree-two cocycle identities;

  3. the integral localization and duality diagrams and the derivative classes of Lemma 5.2 survive this same outer limit; the class and its closed dual functional have a common bounded clearing exponent.

Then there is C(E,A)C(E,A) such that

v(2)(u)≥−C(E,A)v_{(2)}(u) \ge-C(E,A)

for every simple-zero ring instance. The hypotheses refer to a single simultaneous construction. In particular, separate abstract models realizing its individual cohomology groups do not establish this proposition’s arithmetic applicability.

Proof. The preceding paired-diagram construction supplies the common clearing exponent in the arithmetic application. The bound on minimal sizes is Lemma 4.8; in particular, active conductor primes do not contribute to that size after residual localization.

Suppose that v(2)(ui)→−∞v_{(2)}(u_i) \to-\infty. All these coordinates are nonzero. First put the complexes into square two-term form. At the residual Ω\Omega-test, moving-prime inertia excludes global invariants, and the local degree-zero conditions identify Selmer invariants with those global invariants. Thus H0=0H^0=0. The retained self-duality gives H3=0H^3=0 and equal dimensions in degrees one and two. A minimal OO-model therefore has only two free terms, of equal rank, in those degrees; all other terms cancel in integral disks. Fix a nonprincipal ultrafilter U\mathcal{U} and fix the bounded rank on an ultrafilter-large set. Write these models as

Ci=[Oin→DiOin].C_i = [O_i^n \xrightarrow{D_i} O_i^n].

Transport the class, the uniformly cleared functional, all evaluation matrices, and the finitely many retained comparison maps and boundary witnesses through these integral disk contractions. Their entries remain integral and their identities remain exact. The individual active-place complexes, whose number may grow with the outer instance, are not retained as an outer list of objects. Their effect has already been incorporated in the target cone and its determinant; only the bounded minimal models and the fixed number of switch diagrams enter this limit.

Apply Proposition 4.11 to these models and their retained integral diagrams. It gives a DVR O∞\mathcal{O}_{\infty} with uniformizer 2, characteristic-zero fraction field F∞F_{\infty}, and injective all-sequence evaluation, including restriction to the product of the exact inner kernels. The induced representation uses one simultaneous complex conjugation, so the sequence group over the quadratic fields has index two in the rational sequence group. Lemma 4.12 gives absolute irreducibility over F∞F_{\infty}: the moving inertia character has infinite order, and the finite Tate-matrix witness survives the outer quotient.

The outer complex may have more cohomology than any inner generic complex. Its new cycles can be represented by vectors wiw_i for which v(Diwi)→+∞v(D_iw_i) \to+\infty, without exact inner lifts. The retained degree-two evaluation matrices are integral, so the evaluations of DiwiD_iw_i also tend to zero. This is the part of Proposition 4.11 that makes these new classes available for the following rank reduction.

Choose in each inner generic kernel a primitive vector viv_i. Some coordinate is a unit on a set in U\mathcal{U}, so its outer limit is nonzero. Thus the outer kernel has dimension at least one. If that dimension is s>1s > 1, apply Lemma 5.4 to two outer classes, one the surviving primitive vector. Realize their rank-two evaluation by inner derivative primes. This realization only asks for finite quotients at each stage. For an approximate inner cocycle one chooses the retained precision below the valuation of its coboundary; no exact inner lift of the extra outer class is being assumed.

More explicitly, retain the original inner index ii for outer instance jj, its ultrafilter Uj\mathcal{U}_j, and the outer ultrafilter U\mathcal{U}. Represent the selected kernel element by uj=(uj,i)iu_j = (u_{j,i})_i. At stage (j,i)(j,i), apply finite Chebotarev to this actual element and the old finite data to choose ℓj,i\ell_{j,i}. Adjoin its local complexes, the derivative cocycle and the pairing homotopies to the same original stage diagram with its old contractions. Take the same Uj\mathcal{U}_j and then the same U\mathcal{U}. The retained coefficient precision may increase more slowly, but cofinally; the earlier maps and their arbitrary evaluations are not reconstructed by an independent choice of subsequence or model.

The localization of viv_i is generically nonzero on a set in U\mathcal{U}: its outer image is nonzero. Therefore the original inner spanning class also localizes nontrivially, even if its multiple of viv_i has large valuation. Lemma 5.3 preserves each inner determinant valuation exactly. On the outer field, the relaxed image is the finite plane and the singular switch lowers ss by two, by the same localization exact sequence as in Proposition 5.5. The new inner generic kernels again supply primitive vectors, so the outer rank remains at least one.

Only finitely many switches are necessary: the initial outer rank is bounded and drops by two. After each fixed number of switches the required model-size bound remains available. At the terminal outer rank one, the outer differential has a nonzero maximal boundary minor. Its inner determinants Δi\Delta_i have one finite valuation on a set in U\mathcal{U}, by the definition of O∞\mathcal{O}_{\infty}. Lemma 5.6 then gives a fixed lower bound on v(ui)v(u_i), a contradiction.

This proof uses the minor only after rank reduction. Bounded matrix size alone would not suffice: the matrices [2i][2^i] have bounded size and unbounded torsion length. In that example the entire matrix becomes zero in the outer quotient; the rank-reduction and evaluation hypotheses would have to supply additional arithmetic operations before a nonzero terminal minor could be used.

Central specialization and the local indices

The preceding bounds concern the deformed determinant. We next identify its value at t=0t=0 with the index of the original Heegner point and the finite Shafarevich–Tate lengths. The comparison retains the whole integral complex; in particular, every active split conductor prime has an explicit local contribution.

Lemma 5.8 (Derived specialization at constant rational rank). Let CC be a perfect Λ\Lambda-complex and put C0=C⊗ΛZ2C_0=C\otimes_{\Lambda}\mathbb{Z}_2, where t=0t=0. Suppose its generic rational cohomology and its central rational cohomology both have dimension one in degrees one and two and are zero in other degrees. Put A=Λ(t)A=\Lambda_{(t)}, with residue field Q2\mathbb{Q}_2. Let zz be a degree-one cycle and λ\lambda a closed degree-two functional in a finite free model of C⊗ΛAC\otimes_{\Lambda}A, and let z0,λ0z_0,\lambda_0 be their images under A→Q2A\to\mathbb{Q}_2. Then the generic determinant tensor [z]⊗[λ][z]\otimes[\lambda] is regular at (t)(t) and specializes, under the determinant base-change isomorphism, to [z0]⊗[λ0][z_0]\otimes[\lambda_0]. Its central valuation is computed from the entire integral complex C0C_0, including its torsion cohomology. It cannot be computed by substituting the naive quotient of H1(C)H^1(C) by tt.

Proof. Represent CC by a bounded free complex. Derived reduction is its termwise reduction, so the determinant line itself commutes with specialization. For clarity, the cohomology base-change sequence is

0⟶Hi(C)/tHi(C)⟶Hi(C0)⟶Hi+1(C)[t]⟶0.0 \longrightarrow H^i(C)/tH^i(C) \longrightarrow H^i(C_0) \longrightarrow H^{i+1}(C)[t] \longrightarrow0.

These last terms are the relevant Tor⁡1\operatorname{Tor}_1 terms. Diagonalize the complex over the DVR AA, or over its completion Q2[[t]]\mathbb{Q}_2[[t]]. A nonunit pivot would create an additional central cohomology class in its two adjacent degrees. The assumed constant dimensions exclude such pivots. Thus over Q2[[t]]\mathbb{Q}_2[[t]] there are only invertible disks and the two free cohomology lines. The rational class-dual tensor consequently specializes to the stated central tensor. Over Z2\mathbb{Z}_2, all elementary divisors of C0C_0, including the torsion supplied by (5.20), remain in its determinant isomorphism. This proves the assertion.

Lemma 5.9 (A ramified good odd place). Let Fv/QpF_v/\mathbb{Q}_p be unramified, p≠2p\ne2, and let T′=T2(E)⊗χT'=T_2(E)\otimes\chi, where EE has good reduction and χ\chi is ramified quadratic. Then

H0(Fv,T′)=0,H1(Fv,T′)=E(Fv)2∧,length⁡Z2H2(Fv,T′)=dim⁡F2E[2]Fr⁡v.(31)H^0(F_v,T')=0,\qquad H^1(F_v,T')=E(F_v)_2^{\wedge},\qquad\operatorname{length}_{\mathbb{Z}_2} H^2(F_v,T')=\dim_{\mathbb{F}_2} E[2]^{\operatorname{Fr}_v}. \tag*{(31)}

The quotient of the full local complex by the integral Kummer condition therefore contributes precisely this last length in degree two.

Proof. The pro-22 tame inertia generator acts by −1-1. Its complex has differential −2-2, so its cohomology is zero in degree zero and T′/2T′T'/2T' in degree one. Taking residue-field cohomology gives

H1(Fv,T′)≅E[2]Fr⁡v,H2(Fv,T′)≅E[2]/(Fr⁡v−1)E[2].H^1(F_v,T')\cong E[2]^{\operatorname{Fr}_v},\qquad H^2(F_v,T')\cong E[2]/(\operatorname{Fr}_v-1)E[2].

The possible residue-cardinality factor on inertia cohomology is one modulo 2. Kernel and cokernel of an endomorphism of a finite vector space have the same dimension, proving the length assertion.

The integral local Kummer exact sequence identifies the 2-adic completion of the points with all of H1(Fv,T′)H^1(F_v,T'). Indeed the inverse Tate module of the local Weil–Chatelet group is zero here: local duality identifies its 2-primary part with the dual of the finite completion of the point group. The point completion is finite because the residue characteristic is odd. Equivalently, inertia −1-1 implies that the local 2-primary torsion is exactly the Frobenius-fixed 2-torsion. The Kummer complex includes the derived invariants of this finite module on reduction, as in Lemma 4.5. The quotient therefore has exactly the degree-two cohomology displayed above.

Proposition 5.10 (The central determinant formula). Suppose the product

L(E(h),s)L(E(hk),s)L(E^{(h)},s)L(E^{(hk)},s)

has a simple zero at s=1s=1. Use the primitive Heegner sum PhP_h and its free-line index jhj_h defined at the start of Section 4, and put

s(h)=length⁡Z2Sha⁡(E(h)/Q)[2∞].s(h)=\operatorname{length}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty].

Use the primitive Selmer determinant coordinate uhu_h with the fixed class multiplier of Lemma 5.2. For the primitive Selmer diagrams constructed above, we have

v(uh(0))=2jh−length⁡Z2Sha⁡(E(h)/K)[2∞]−2∑p∣htp+OE(1)=2jh−s(h)−s(hk)−4w(h)+OE,A(1),ω(k)≤A.(32)\begin{aligned} v(u_h(0))=2j_h-\operatorname{length}_{\mathbb{Z}_2}\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/K)[2^\infty]-2\sum_{p\mid h}t_p+O_E(1) \\ &=2j_h-s(h)-s(hk)-4w(h)+O_{E,A}(1),\qquad\omega(k)\le A. \tag*{(32)} \end{aligned}

The first error includes the auxiliary prime and the fixed parametrization multiplier. The second has no dependence on the number of primes dividing hh.

Proof. The two rational twists have analytic ranks zero and one. The forward low-analytic-rank theorems give finiteness of their whole Shafarevich–Tate groups; equivalently the Heegner simple-zero theorem over KK gives rank one and finite Shafarevich–Tate group there. Thus all finite lengths in this proof refer to known finite groups.

The specialization comparison is made at each finite stage, before the target data are retained. Put c=∣h∣c=|h|. At the split auxiliary prime rir_i, the point distribution relation is

Tr⁡Hcri/Hc(ycri)=(ari−σri−σr‾i)yc,\operatorname{Tr}_{H_{cr_i}/H_c}(y_{cr_i})=(a_{r_i}-\sigma_{r_i}-\sigma_{\overline{r}_i})y_c,

where the two Artin symbols have inverse ring-class actions. At t=0t=0, the scalar character is trivial, while the rational quadratic character has value χh(ri)\chi_h(r_i) on both symbols. The completed weighted sum therefore gives exactly LmiPhLm_iP_h, where mi=ari−2χh(ri)m_i=a_{r_i}-2\chi_h(r_i).

This point identity is retained on bounded target complexes as follows. Let ChKumC_h^{\mathrm{Kum}} be a fixed free model of the ordinary Kummer Selmer complex over KK, and let bhb_h represent the Kummer class of PhP_h. At the retained coefficient precision, enlargement of the ramification set and relaxation at the active and auxiliary primes give a target comparison ji:ChKum/2i→Ci/(t)j_i:C_h^{\mathrm{Kum}}/2^i\to C_i/(t). Each retained local condition is an isomorphism on degree zero and an injection on degree one, so the Selmer-cone exact sequence injects its degree-one cohomology into global cohomology. Kummer naturality and the point relation therefore give, after contraction, a target degree-zero vector viv_i with

zi(0)−Lmiji(bh)=dvi.z_i(0)-Lm_i j_i(b_h)=dv_i.

Include this vector, the comparison matrix, and the associated local localization triangles in the same target diagram. Their ranks are bounded for this fixed hh, KK, independently of rir_i and of [Hcri:K][H_{cr_i}:K]. All statements are reduced to the same slower cofinal precision if needed. Lemma 4.4 now retains the displayed boundary identity. The trace bound gives v2(mi)≤cEv_2(m_i)\le c_E; hence their limit m∈Z2m\in\mathbb{Z}_2 on the same ultrafilter is nonzero and has v2(m)≤cEv_2(m)\le c_E. The active local quotients specialize to Lemma 5.9, and the Kummer conditions at 2N2N, including their differential lattices, are unchanged. The central point is therefore nonzero, so generic and central rational cohomology both have rank one.

To specialize the paired functional, choose its representative over Λ(t)\Lambda_{(t)}. At an active ramified prime, inertia minus one is −2-2, a unit in this ring. At rr, the central Frobenius determinants are nonzero by the trace bound. Their local complexes thus contract over Λ(t)\Lambda_{(t)}. Composing these contractions with retained global duality gives the same generic functional as the contractions over O\mathcal{O}, and specializes to rational central Kummer duality. Lemma 5.8 applies to this representative; no regularity is claimed for an arbitrary O\mathcal{O}-cochain representing the functional.

The ordinary integral Kummer complex has compact Selmer cohomology in degree one. Its degree-two torsion has length equal to that of the finite quotient of the discrete Selmer group by its maximal divisible subgroup. This follows by derived base change to Q2/Z2\mathbb{Q}_2/\mathbb{Z}_2 and the exact local Kummer conditions; the base-change terms must be retained. Here that quotient is Sha⁡(E(h)/K)[2∞]\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/K)[2^\infty]. The free parts of degrees one and two are paired unimodularly by integral duality. Torsion in degree one and its dual contribution in degree three have bounded length, by the fixed-scalar bound on global torsion.

For completeness, an elementary divisor of size 2d2^d whose cokernel is in degree ii contributes (−1)i+1d(-1)^{i+1}d to the coordinate in the inverse determinant. Consequently the degree-two Shafarevich–Tate torsion subtracts its length. On the free line, a point of index 2jh2^{j_h} and its functional each contribute jhj_h, giving 2jh2j_h.

At an active prime p∣hp\mid h, both primes of KK above pp are governed by Lemma 5.9, each with length tpt_p. Relaxation therefore subtracts exactly 2tp2t_p. There is no bound hiding an error at every such prime. At rr, the central scalar character is trivial; the local degree-two determinant has the valuation of r+1−arχh(r)r+1-a_r\chi_h(r) at each split place. The trace condition

v2(2−ar), v2(2+ar)≤cE,v2(r−1)>cEv_2(2-a_r),\ v_2(2+a_r)\le c_E,\qquad v_2(r-1)>c_E

makes both valuations at most cEc_E. It also bounds the trace multiplier ar−2χh(r)a_r-2\chi_h(r) on the central point. At primes over 2N2N the integral Kummer condition is retained. The local twisting types form a fixed finite set and KK is split there; all comparison indices, including those of Néron differential lattices at 22, are therefore bounded in terms of EE. This proves the first equality, using Lemma 5.8 to compare the generic tensor with the central tensor.

We spell out the quadratic comparison needed for the second equality. Set

Ah=Res⁡K/Q(EK(h)),Bh=E(h)×E(hk).A_h=\operatorname{Res}_{K/\mathbb{Q}}(E_K^{(h)}),\qquad B_h=E^{(h)}\times E^{(hk)}.

There are isogenies in both directions whose composites are multiplication by 22. The isogeny-invariance identity for the BSD quotient, with finite Shafarevich–Tate groups, is

#Sha⁡(Ah)Reg⁡(Ah)Per⁡(Ah)∏pcp(Ah)#Ah(Q)tors#Ah∨(Q)tors=#Sha⁡(Bh)Reg⁡(Bh)Per⁡(Bh)∏pcp(Bh)#Bh(Q)tors#Bh∨(Q)tors(33)\frac{\#\operatorname{Sha}(A_h)\operatorname{Reg}(A_h)\operatorname{Per}(A_h)\prod_p c_p(A_h)} {\#A_h(\mathbb{Q})_{\mathrm{tors}}\#A_h^\vee(\mathbb{Q})_{\mathrm{tors}}} = \frac{\#\operatorname{Sha}(B_h)\operatorname{Reg}(B_h)\operatorname{Per}(B_h)\prod_p c_p(B_h)} {\#B_h(\mathbb{Q})_{\mathrm{tors}}\#B_h^\vee(\mathbb{Q})_{\mathrm{tors}}} \tag*{(33)}

Regulators and periods are taken with compatible dual and Néron normalizations. This is the Cassels–Tate isogeny identity. The elliptic-curve local-measure formula is due to Cassels [9], Theorem 1.1. For the general abelian-variety identity used here, see the proof of [35], I, Theorem 7.3, especially (7.3.1), pp. 97–100 and [15], Section 4.1. This identity requires finite Shafarevich–Tate groups, as already established at these noncentral twists, but does not assume the BSD conjecture. The fixed-degree composites bound the rank-one regulator indices, the torsion ratios, and the differential and period indices by fixed powers of 2. The identity is essential: a statement that the maps on Shafarevich–Tate groups have kernel and cokernel killed by 2 would not bound their lengths uniformly.

At every split prime of K/QK/\mathbb{Q} the component factors of AhA_h and BhB_h agree. In particular this cancels all primes dividing hh. At an odd prime p∣kp\mid k outside 2N2N, the curve over KK has good reduction. Its Weil restriction has connected special fiber: the reduction of Weil restriction over the ramified quadratic extension is an extension of the good special fiber by a connected additive group. Thus its component factor is 1. Of the two rational twists, one is good and the other is ramified quadratic with good original curve. The latter has 2-part of its component number equal to 2tp2^{t_p}. This follows as well from the ramified tame description in Lemma 5.9: its connected reduction is unipotent, and its local 22-primary torsion is the fixed 22-torsion. At other good nonsplit places the component factors are 11; at 2N2N there are only the fixed local comparisons. Taking valuations in (33) therefore gives

length⁡Sha⁡(E(h)/K)[2∞]=s(h)+s(hκ)+∑p∣ktp+OE(1).(34)\operatorname{length}\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/K)[2^\infty] = s(h) + s(h\kappa) + \sum_{p\mid k} t_p + O_E(1). \tag*{(34)}

Since 0≤tp≤20 \le t_p \le2, the sum over kk is at most 2A2A. Substituting this equality and 2∑p∣htp=4w(h)2\sum_{p\mid h}t_p = 4w(h) proves the result.

Proof of Corollary 4.1. The arithmetic diagrams constructed with Lemma 5.2, their paired functionals, and the model bound of Lemma 4.8 give the hypotheses of Propositions 5.5 and 5.7. Those propositions give nonnegative height-one valuations away from (2)(2) and a lower bound −C(E,A)-C(E,A) at (2)(2). Normality of Λ\Lambda gives 2C(E,A)uh∈Λ2^{C(E,A)}u_h \in\Lambda. Its constant coefficient has valuation at least −C(E,A)-C(E,A). Apply (32).

The universal correction and bounded clearing

For transfer to a missing vertex, the individual determinant coordinates must belong to one quadratic group-ring family. We first remove the Euler factors at primes unused by a character. We then clear the remaining denominators with a factor whose central valuation and negative Laurent support are bounded independently of the cube size. The base curve and the companion field are fixed in this argument.

Fix KK and a binary family (14), based at h0=1h_0=1. Put

G=(Z/2Z)b,R=Λ[G].G=(\mathbb{Z}/2\mathbb{Z})^b,\qquad R=\Lambda[G].

Let gq∈Gg_q\in G be the inertia bit: gq(x)=(−1)λq(x)g_q(x)=(-1)^{\lambda_q(x)}. Augmentation is denoted by subscript 00.

The universal class is constructed before making any character evaluation. Fix this finite family and GG. At precision ii take the Heegner point of conductor ri∏q∈Qqr_i\prod_{q\in Q}q. Let ε:GK→G\varepsilon:G_K\to G be the universal quadratic character. In the finite Shapiro transfer of Lemma 5.2, use the coefficient map

Ai[Gal⁡(Hri∏q∈Qq/K)]⟶Ai[G],[σ]⟼Ψi(σ)[ε(σ)].A_i[\operatorname{Gal}(H_{r_i\prod_{q\in Q}q}/K)]\longrightarrow A_i[G],\qquad[\sigma]\longmapsto\Psi_i(\sigma)[\varepsilon(\sigma)].

with the same inverse-action convention on both sides. Complete this weighted coset sum to obtain a target Selmer-cone cycle over Ai[G]A_i[G], with local lifts and boundary witnesses, and then contract these target data. The target-side rank bound applies for this fixed family and gives one trace class over Λ[G]\Lambda[G]. Evaluation at xx commutes with the finite coefficient map and every target identity, so gives the full trace for that character. If scalar models have already been chosen, compare the evaluated model with them through the original target cochains and retain the resulting comparison matrices and contraction homotopies. There are only finitely many characters for this fixed GG. At t=0t=0, the universal split-prime multiplier is

ari−2[ε(Frob⁡ri)].a_{r_i}-2[\varepsilon(\operatorname{Frob}_{r_i})].

The conjugate Frobenius values agree because the character values have exponent two. Its evaluation at xx is ari−2χh(ri)a_{r_i}-2\chi_{h}(r_i), so the central boundary comparison used in Proposition 5.10 is retained in this same group-ring diagram before character evaluation. It includes Euler factors at primes unused by xx, which the next lemma removes. No inverse limit over growing GG or growing active support is used in this construction.

The accompanying dual functional is constructed over O[G]\mathcal{O}[G], not separately at its characters. At a new prime and at rr, the full local complex is acyclic modulo the maximal ideal by Lemma 4.7, hence has an integral contraction over this local ring. Use these contractions to lift the class to the orthogonal Selmer complex, and then apply the retained integral global duality. This gives a closed integral functional, up to one fixed old-support power of 2 when such a support is included. The present base is h0=1h_0=1.

Lemma 5.11 (Removing unused primes in the group ring). Suppose the universal relaxed trace class and its duality diagram have been constructed over RR. There is η∈O[G]\eta\in\mathcal{O}[G] such that ηurel\eta u_{\mathrm{rel}} has each character coordinate equal to the primitive determinant coordinate, up to a Λ\Lambda-unit. The correction has no denominator accumulating with #Q\#Q.

Proof. At an unused split prime qq, write zz for the full scalar Frobenius at one orientation. Conjugation gives z−1z^{-1} at the other orientation. The point trace contributes

eq=aq−z−z−1,e_q=a_q-z-z^{-1},

whereas relaxation of the singular quotient contributes

lq=det⁡(1−q−1zFr⁡q∣T)det⁡(1−q−1z−1Fr⁡q∣T).l_q=\det(1-q^{-1}z\operatorname{Fr}_q\mid T)\det(1-q^{-1}z^{-1}\operatorname{Fr}_q\mid T).

Using reciprocal Frobenius conventions changes only the corresponding unit conventions in the paired determinant. The localization triangle gives urel=eq2uprim/lqu_{\mathrm{rel}}=e_q^2u_{\mathrm{prim}}/l_q at this unused prime. The square is required because the point and its dual both occur.

Both factors are units in the local ring O[G]\mathcal{O}[G]. To check this it suffices to reduce modulo its maximal ideal, generated by 2 and the augmentation ideal. There the scalar is (1+t)m(1+t)^m with mm odd, and the residual Frobenius polynomial is nonzero at this nonconstant scalar. More precisely, before character evaluation the following identity holds modulo 2:

(1+aqz+z2)(1+aqz−1+z−2)=aq2+z2+z−2=(aq+z+z−1)2.(1+a_qz+z^2)(1+a_qz^{-1}+z^{-2})=a_q^2+z^2+z^{-2}=(a_q+z+z^{-1})^2.

Thus lq/eq2−1∈2O[G]l_q/e_q^2-1\in2\mathcal{O}[G], and

η=∏q∈Q(1+lq/eq2−12(1+gq))∈O[G].(35)\eta=\prod_{q\in Q}\left(1+\frac{l_q/e_q^2-1}{2}(1+g_q)\right)\in\mathcal{O}[G]. \tag*{(35)}

Its factor evaluates to lq/eq2l_q/e_q^2 when qq is unused and to 1 when qq is active. This proves the claim. The apparent inertia projector denominator is canceled inside each factor before taking the product.

Lemma 5.12 (Laurent expansion and simultaneous elimination). There is a natural identification

O/2MO=(Z/2MZ)((t)).(36)\mathcal{O}/2^M\mathcal{O}=(\mathbb{Z}/2^M\mathbb{Z})((t)). \tag*{(36)}

Suppose A=diag⁡(A1,…,Am)A=\operatorname{diag}(A_1,\ldots,A_m) has entries in Λ\Lambda, each residual determinant is nonzero, and ord⁡t(det⁡A‾j)≤h\operatorname{ord}_t(\det\overline{A}_j)\le h. If B=A+2EB=A+2E with EE over Λ\Lambda, then every entry of B−1 mod 2MB^{-1}\bmod2^M has no term below t−Mht^{-Mh}. The same bound holds for a Schur complement P−QB−1SP-QB^{-1}S, where P,Q,SP,Q,S have power-series entries. The bound is independent of mm.

Proof. For a denominator s∈Λ∖(2)s\in\Lambda\setminus(2), write s=tdv+2ws=t^dv+2w, with vv a power-series unit. Its inverse modulo 2M2^M is its finite geometric expansion about tdvt^dv, which has finite negative support. Conversely all Laurent series of finite negative support occur after inverting tt. This proves (36). It also proves that an element of O\mathcal{O} has a unique series ∑antn\sum a_nt^n, an∈Z2a_n\in\mathbb{Z}_2, with v(an)→+∞v(a_n)\to+\infty as n→−∞n\to-\infty, and that its valuation is min⁡nv(an)\min_n v(a_n). Write det⁡Aj=tdjvj+2wj\det A_j=t^{d_j}v_j+2w_j, with dj≤hd_j\le h, and put

Cj=adj⁡(Aj)tdjvj,C=diag⁡(Cj).C_j=\frac{\operatorname{adj}(A_j)}{t^{d_j}v_j},\qquad C=\operatorname{diag}(C_j).

Each entry of CC has pole at most hh, and BC=1+2FBC=1+2F, where entries of FF have the same pole bound. Therefore

B−1≡C∑j=0M−1(−2F)j(mod2M).B^{-1}\equiv C\sum_{j=0}^{M-1}(-2F)^j\pmod{2^M}.

The jj-th summand has pole at most (j+1)h(j+1)h. Adding more entries in a matrix product cannot worsen this pole bound. Multiplication by power-series matrices proves the Schur assertion.

For a block over RR whose augmentation is AA, the block is invertible over O[G]\mathcal{O}[G]: its residual determinant in the local ring is a unit. Each sign evaluation is A+2ExA+2E_x with power-series entries, so the same estimate holds at all characters. If S0=0S_0=0, its Schur complement has augmentation exactly P0P_0.

Lemma 5.13 (Clearing a bounded complex). Let DD be a based complex of finite free O[G]\mathcal{O}[G]-modules of total graded rank at most r0r_0, with D0D_0 defined over Λ\Lambda. Suppose D0⊗ΛZ2D_0\otimes_{\Lambda}\mathbb{Z}_2 has rational cohomology of dimension one in degrees one and two, zero elsewhere, and total integral torsion length at most h1h_1. Let zz be an integral cycle and let λ∈2−a0(D2)∗\lambda\in2^{-a_0}(D^2)^* be a closed functional. Assume every character constituent is either generically acyclic or has the same generic rank-one pattern; in the generically acyclic case its determinant coordinate is defined to be zero. Multiplication of these coordinates by any η∈O[G]\eta\in\mathcal{O}[G] is permitted. Then there are f,d∈O[G]f,d\in\mathcal{O}[G] such that

fxux=dx,f0∈Λ,v(f0(0))≤C(r0,h1,a0)<∞.f_xu_x=d_x,\qquad f_0\in\Lambda,\qquad v(f_0(0))\le C(r_0,h_1,a_0)<\infty.

If all entries of DxD_x have bounded negative Laurent support at each precision, uniformly in bb, the same is true of fxf_x. No such bound on dx,z,λ,ηd_x,z,\lambda,\eta is required.

Proof. Put the central integral complex into elementary-divisor bases over Z2\mathbb{Z}_2. Its positive pivot valuations sum to at most h1h_1. Lift these constant integral basis changes. Formally cancel the same pivot positions upstairs, recording the pivot numerators and all denominators in the resulting rational basis changes and determinant comparison. There are at most r0r_0 such operations. A product PP of sufficiently large, but bounded, powers of their numerators clears every denominator. Its degree in the differential entries is bounded in terms of r0r_0; its augmentation belongs to Λ\Lambda and has central valuation bounded in terms of r0,h1r_0,h_1.

On constituents where Px≠0P_x\ne0, the remaining complex is one-by-one in degrees one and two. If its differential is nonzero, the cycle identity forces the projected cycle to be zero, so the same rational determinant expression gives the stipulated zero coordinate. Otherwise the expression is the product of the projected cycle and functional, with the canceled-pivot factor. Clearing denominators gives

ux=2−a0ηxQx/Px,Q∈O[G].u_x=2^{-a_0}\eta_xQ_x/P_x,\qquad Q\in\mathcal{O}[G].

Take f=2a0P2f=2^{a_0}P^2 and d=ηPQd=\eta PQ. On a constituent where a pivot first vanishes, Px=0P_x=0, so both sides of fxux=dxf_xu_x=d_x are zero. Thus the identity holds on every character. Since ff is a polynomial of bounded degree in the bounded differential entries, its central valuation and pole properties follow. All unused-prime corrections and eliminated-block units occur in dd; none is inserted into ff.

Proposition 5.14 (The bounded clearing factor for the family). Assume the compatible universal Selmer and Heegner diagrams and their primitive specializations. Suppose every character constituent of the universal Selmer complex is generically acyclic or has generic cohomology of dimension one in degrees one and two and zero elsewhere. If the fixed base has 2∞2^{\infty}-Selmer corank one over KK, the corrected coordinates of Lemma [5] admit the factorization (5.30), with central valuation and fixed-precision pole bounds independent of bb and #Q\#\mathcal{Q}.

Proof. Use the integral universal class and paired functional just constructed. To apply Lemma [13], it remains to reduce the complex to bounded size without losing uniform control of its negative Laurent powers.

At augmentation, the localization triangles present the complex as the old complex extended by a direct sum of singular local blocks in degrees one and two, one block for each new prime. Its differential is upper triangular, with the old complex a subcomplex. This graded model lifts over RR: split disks over the augmentation local ring, identify the minimal parts, and lift the invertible basis changes. This is an application of the actual finite diagram construction, rather than just an equality of Euler characteristics.

Each new block has determinant ℓq,0\ell_{q,0}. Its residual tt-order is uniformly bounded. In the reducible residual range the residual Frobenius polynomial is (X+1)2(X+1)^2, and an odd scalar exponent gives order two at each split place; thus order four suffices for the two-place block. Eliminate the entire new block over O[G]\mathcal{O}[G]. By Lemma [12], the resulting complex DD has the bounded old size, has augmentation equal to the old complex, and has a uniform pole bound at every fixed precision.

The central cohomology of the old complex is the fixed base Kummer cohomology, modified only by the bounded auxiliary-prime terms. Its rational dimension is one in degrees one and two. The quotient of the discrete Selmer group by its maximal divisible subgroup is finite because its Pontryagin dual is a finitely generated Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-module. For this fixed K,EK,E, its length is a finite constant, even when the Shafarevich–Tate group itself is not known to be finite. Together with global torsion and the trace bound at rr, this bounds all central torsion lengths of D0D_0.

Apply Lemma [13]. The determinant of the eliminated block is a unit over O[G]\mathcal{O}[G], so its inverse is an allowed integral multiplier. Include it and η\eta from (5.27) in the numerator multiplier of that lemma. This proves the assertion.

The dependence here is on fixed K,EK,E; it is different from the uniform C(E,A)C(E,A) of Proposition 5.7. No uniform bound on the finite Selmer quotient as KK varies is asserted or needed for the missing-vertex argument.

Proposition 5.15 (Assembly of the arithmetic diagrams). For the ring data stated at the start of this section, the actual finite Heegner and Selmer constructions satisfy the simultaneous diagram hypotheses of Propositions 5.5, 5.7, and 5.10. The bounds needed for the lower-bound argument depend only on EE, the fixed local data, and a bound AA on ω(k)\omega(k). For the binary data (4.2) with fixed E,KE,K and base Selmer corank one, assume in addition that every character constituent of the universal Selmer complex is generically acyclic or has generic cohomology of dimension one in degrees one and two and zero elsewhere. Then the constructions satisfy all the hypotheses of Proposition 5.14, with bounds independent of the cube dimension and of its new-prime support.

Proof. The paired arithmetic diagram constructed after Lemma 5.2 contains the actual weighted target classes, local Kummer lifts, target comparison and boundary witnesses, and simultaneous duality triangles. The target-side construction gives its inner rank bound for each fixed finite conductor support; no ring-class source complex is passed to the limit. Theorem 4.14 retains their evaluations and exact-kernel restrictions. The same-stage extension in Proposition 5.7 shows explicitly that these data remain compatible after each further switch.

Lemma 4.8 bounds the minimal models in terms of EE, AA and the number of retained derivative primes, not the active conductor support. Outer rank reduction uses only a bounded number of switches, hence only finitely many of these bounds. The paired functional has the common clearing exponent established above. These are the three hypotheses of Proposition 5.7; the characteristic-zero evaluations and local acyclicity give those of Proposition 5.5. The actual central trace and Λ(t)\Lambda(t)-representative, together with the local quotients of Lemma 5.9, were verified in the proof of Proposition 5.10.

For a binary family, Section 5.4 constructs the universal trace and its dual functional over the group ring before evaluating characters. Lemma 5.11 then removes the unused-prime factors integrally. The bounded complex in Proposition 5.14 comes from the actual localization triangles and simultaneous Schur elimination, with the order-four residual local bound. Its central torsion is controlled by the finite quotient of the fixed base Selmer group and the bounded auxiliary-prime terms. Together with the stated constituent-rank assumption, these give all the hypotheses of Lemma 5.13.

For varying KK, only its bounded ramification count enters the residual-model and local-comparison constants. For the final binary argument KK is fixed, so its finite base Selmer quotient may enter the clearing constants. At 2N2N the original Kummer conditions have been retained throughout; the construction imposes no ordinary or semistable hypothesis.

Coefficient comparison and the missing vertex

The bounded clearing factor reduces the last step to finitely many coefficient congruences. A parity argument on a sufficiently large binary cube makes a nonzero address agree with the base to the required precision. If the base derivative were zero, that congruence would contradict the upper bound already supplied at every nonzero address.

The common-zero count in the following proof is the characteristic-two Chevalley–Warning principle [24]; its short parity proof is included here.

Lemma 5.16 (A nonzero address with prescribed coefficient bits). Let A1(x),…,Aq(x)A_1(x),\ldots,A_q(x) be specified Laurent coefficients of sign evaluations of elements of O[G]\mathcal{O}[G]. For M≥1M \ge1, if

b>q(2M−1),b > q(2^M-1),

there is x≠0x \ne0 with Ai(x)≡Ai(0)(mod2M)A_i(x) \equiv A_i(0) \pmod{2^M} for every ii.

Proof. Write the element supplying the ii-th test as ai=∑g∈Gai,g(t)ga_i=\sum_{g\in G}a_{i,g}(t)g, and let nin_i be the Laurent degree being tested. Lemma 5.12 gives integral Laurent coefficients, so

zi=∑g∈G[tni]ai,g(t)g∈Z2[G].z_i=\sum_{g\in G}[t^{n_i}]a_{i,g}(t)g\in\mathbb{Z}_2[G].

The group GG is finite, hence coefficient extraction commutes with character evaluation: (zi)x=Ai(x)(z_i)_x=A_i(x). Apply Lemma 3.4 to these qq integral group-ring elements. Its bound is exactly (5.31); no bound on the Laurent degrees or on the coefficients enters this argument.

Lemma 5.17 (Transfer through the bounded factor). Suppose f,d∈O[G]f,d\in\mathcal{O}[G], ux∈Λ[1/2]u_x\in\Lambda[1/2], and fxux=dxf_xu_x=d_x for every character. Suppose f0∈Λf_0\in\Lambda and c=v(f0(0))<∞c=v(f_0(0))<\infty. If every fxf_x mod 2M2^M has no powers below −L(M)-L(M), then for

M>c,b>(L(M)+2)(2M−1)M>c,\qquad b>(L(M)+2)(2^M-1)

there is x≠0x\ne0 satisfying

v(ux(0)−u0(0))≥M−2c.v(u_x(0)-u_0(0))\ge M-2c.

Proof. Apply Lemma 5.16 to the coefficients of fxf_x in degrees −L(M),…,0-L(M),\ldots,0 and the constant coefficient of dxd_x. At its nonzero solution, all negative coefficients of fxf_x are divisible by 2M2^M, and its constant coefficient is congruent to f0(0)f_0(0). Hence the latter has valuation cc, and vO(fx)≤cv_{\mathcal{O}}(f_x)\le c. Since dxd_x is integral over O\mathcal{O}, vO(ux)≥−cv_{\mathcal{O}}(u_x)\ge-c, and the same holds for u0u_0. The Laurent expansion in Lemma 5.12 then shows that all their coefficients lie in 2−cZ22^{-c}\mathbb{Z}_2. They have no negative coefficients because they belong to Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2].

The constant-term convolution converges 22-adically, and gives

[t0]dx≡[t0]fxux(0)(mod2M−c),[t0]d0=f0(0)u0(0).[t^0]d_x \equiv[t^0]f_xu_x(0) \pmod{2^{M-c}}, \qquad[t^0]d_0=f_0(0)u_0(0).

Use the imposed congruences and divide by f0(0)f_0(0). This proves (5.32). The possibly large negative support of dxd_x was never tested; only its constant coefficient was used.

Proof of Theorem 4.2. For every character the primitive generic cohomology has rank at most one. At nonzero vertices this follows from the simple-zero theorem; at zero it follows from (15) and rational specialization. There are no generic invariants, and duality pairs degrees one and two; thus each primitive constituent is acyclic or has exactly the rank-one pattern. The unused-prime local blocks are acyclic over the fraction field, by the nonzero factors (5.25). The universal Selmer complex has the same generic pattern, as required by Proposition 5.14. With this hypothesis verified, Proposition 5.15 supplies the compatible universal arithmetic construction. By Proposition 5.5 and Lemma 5.11, the corrected coordinates belong to Λ[1/2]\Lambda[1/2]. Proposition 5.10 gives

v(ux(0))≤B1(x≠0)v(u_x(0))\le B_1 \qquad(x\ne0)

for a constant B1B_1 depending only on BB, EE, KK and the fixed local data.

If the base derivative vanished, the Gross–Zagier formula would make the central Heegner sum torsion: its canonical height is a fixed nonzero multiple of that derivative. Here only the conductor-one formula at the fixed base h=1h=1 is used, with the corrected primitive sum and the split Heegner data of [7]. At the base this implies u0(0)=0u_0(0)=0. Indeed, if the generic rank is zero the coordinate was defined to be zero. If the generic rank is one, its central rank is also one by (15), so Lemma 5.8 identifies its specialized class with the zero rational Kummer class of that torsion point.

Proposition 5.14 supplies f,df,d with a common bound c∗c_* on v(f0(0))v(f_0(0)) and common pole bounds L(M)L(M). Choose

M>max⁡{c∗,B1+2c∗}.M>\max\{c_*,B_1+2c_*\}.

and then take bb above the threshold of Lemma 5.17. That lemma gives a nonzero vertex with v(ux(0))≥M−2c∗>B1v(u_x(0))\ge M-2c_*>B_1, a contradiction. Thus the base derivative is nonzero. The classical split Heegner sign is odd, so the base product has a simple zero.

Remark 5.18 (The simultaneous arithmetic interface). The determinant argument can be reused only with the simultaneous arithmetic construction verified in Proposition 5.15 and Theorem 4.14. Neither the published duality theorem nor the classical Heegner formulas alone supplies that interface.

Auxiliary twists with prescribed local behavior

We need auxiliary twists with specified local behavior and nonzero central value or derivative. For a fixed witness, no bound on the prime count is needed. When the curve itself varies, we also need central-value witnesses with a uniformly bounded number of prime factors. In both cases their primes can be chosen beyond any previously specified finite set.

Proposition 6.1 (Local witnesses). Fix an elliptic curve A/QA/\mathbb{Q} and a nonempty filter of fundamental discriminants prime to 2NA2N_A, with specified real sign and unit squareclasses at finitely many primes. If the root number in the filter is +1+1, it contains dd of arbitrarily large absolute value with L(A(d),1)≠0L(A^{(d)},1) \ne0. If the root number is −1-1, it contains such dd with L′(A(d),1)≠0L'(A^{(d)},1) \ne0. Any additional finite set of primes may be excluded.

Proposition 6.2 (Bounded-factor completion). There is an absolute integer A0A_0 with the following property. In the positive-root-number case of Proposition 6.1, one can require ω(d)≤A0\omega(d) \le A_0 and require every prime divisor of dd to exceed any fixed bound. The size threshold for the resulting dd may depend on the curve, the filter, and the excluded primes; A0A_0 does not.

The use of a nonnegative first moment and a lower linear sieve to obtain bounded-factor twists goes back to Hoffstein–Luo [25]. We retain an arbitrary fixed progression and track an absolute factor-count bound without optimizing it. The central moment follows the model of [39], which has a sharper divisor error; the derivative calculation adapts the first-moment argument of [27]. The enlarged modulus and the absolute exponents needed here are retained in the proof below.

A nonzero first moment alone supplies the derivative witness. For the central-value completion, positivity allows us to sieve the first moment, so we also need an error term for each prescribed squarefree divisor of the twist parameter.

Write ff for the weight-two newform of AA, normalized so that its central point is 1/21/2, and write λ(n)\lambda(n) for its normalized Hecke eigenvalues. Thus

L(s,f⊗χ)=∑n≥1λ(n)χ(n)n−s,∣λ(n)∣≤d(n).L(s, f \otimes\chi) = \sum_{n \ge1} \lambda(n)\chi(n)n^{-s}, \qquad|\lambda(n)| \le d(n).

Choose HH divisible by 8NA8N_A, a reduced residue class aa mod HH, and σ∈{1,−1}\sigma\in\{1,-1\} such that σa≡1(mod4)\sigma a \equiv1 \pmod4. The required twists have discriminant σn\sigma n with n>0n > 0 squarefree and n≡a(modH)n \equiv a \pmod H. A filter is a finite union of such progressions, so it suffices to use one of them. Fix a nonnegative smooth nonzero Φ\Phi supported in (1,2)(1,2).

Lemma 6.3 (A fixed-progression moment). There are absolute constants η>0\eta> 0 and B>0B > 0 such that the following assertions hold. For squarefree bb prime to HH, put

Sj,b(X)=∑n>0 squarefreen≡a (H)b∣nL(j)(1/2,f⊗χσn)Φ(n/X).S_{j,b}(X) = \sum_{\substack{n>0\ \mathrm{squarefree}\\ n\equiv a\ (H)\\ b\mid n}} L^{(j)}(1/2, f \otimes\chi_{\sigma n})\Phi(n/X).

If the common root number is +1+1, then

S0,b(X)=cX∏p∣bβp+Of,H,Φ(bBX1−η),c>0,0<βp<1,βp=1p+O(p−2).S_{0,b}(X) = cX \prod_{p\mid b}\beta_p + O_{f,H,\Phi}(b^B X^{1-\eta}), \qquad c > 0,\quad0 < \beta_p < 1,\quad\beta_p = \frac{1}{p} + O(p^{-2}).

The last implied constant is absolute. If the common root number is −1-1, then

S1,1(X)=cXlog⁡X+c1X+Of,H,Φ(X1−η),c>0.S_{1,1}(X) = cX\log X + c_1X + O_{f,H,\Phi}(X^{1-\eta}), \qquad c > 0.

Proof. We first control the square-divisor tail, then use Poisson summation to separate a positive main term from a power-saving error. Tracking the dependence on the imposed divisor bb will give the absolute exponents. Let G(z)=ez2G(z)=e^{z^2} and

Vj(y)=12πi∫(2)G(z)Γ(1+z)y−zdzzj+1.V_j(y) = \frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{(2)} G(z)\Gamma(1+z)y^{-z}\frac{dz}{z^{j+1}}.

Writing QA=NA/(2π)Q_A=\sqrt{N_A}/(2\pi), the symmetric approximate functional equation in the required sign is

L(j)(1/2,f⊗χσn)=2∑u≥1λ(u)χσn(u)uVj(uQAn).(37)L^{(j)}(1/2,f\otimes\chi_{\sigma n})=2\sum_{u\geq1}\frac{\lambda(u)\chi_{\sigma n}(u)}{\sqrt{u}}V_j\left(\frac{u}{Q_A n}\right). \tag*{(37)}

For j=1j=1, differentiating the completion contributes no central-value term, because that value is zero.

Square-divisor truncation. The quadratic large sieve [23], with the approximate functional equation, gives for fixed δ>0\delta>0

∑0<t≤Z squarefreeσt fundamental(t,2NA)=1∣L(1/2+δ+iτ,f⊗χσt)∣2≪f,ρ,δZ1+ρ(1+∣τ∣)Cρ.(38)\sum_{\substack{0<t\leq Z\ \mathrm{squarefree}\\ \sigma t\ \mathrm{fundamental}\\ (t,2N_A)=1}}\left|L(1/2+\delta+i\tau,f\otimes\chi_{\sigma t})\right|^2\ll_{f,\rho,\delta} Z^{1+\rho}(1+|\tau|)^{C_\rho}. \tag*{(38)}

Here the polynomial exponent can be chosen independently of the level. To see that square indices cause no extra power, write each coefficient index as ur2ur^2 with uu squarefree. Minkowski’s inequality and the quadratic large sieve bound the square root of the moment of a polynomial of length UU by

(ZU)O(ρ′)∑r≤UZ+U/r2r≪(ZU)O(ρ′)(Z+U).(ZU)^{O(\rho')} \sum_{r\leq\sqrt{U}}\frac{\sqrt{Z+U/r^2}}{r}\ll(ZU)^{O(\rho')}(\sqrt{Z}+\sqrt{U}).

Coprimality restrictions at rr are discarded only after taking absolute squares. To include both parts of the approximate functional equation, work first with t≍Tt\asymp T. Their lengths are U≪fT(1+∣τ∣)CU\ll_f T(1+|\tau|)^C, with rapidly decreasing tails. The main coefficients have the additional factor n−δn^{-\delta}, which improves the partial-summation bound. The dual coefficients have nδn^\delta and lose at most UδU^\delta, whereas their functional-equation multiplier contributes T−2δT^{-2\delta}, up to a fixed power of 1+∣τ∣1+|\tau|. The resulting factor is at most T−δ(1+∣τ∣)CδT^{-\delta}(1+|\tau|)^{C_\delta} and causes no positive power of TT. Mellin inversion separates the smooth tt-weights; the gamma factors control the resulting integrals and tails. Taking the auxiliary large-sieve exponents sufficiently small and summing dyadic intervals proves Equation (38).

Let Aj(n)A_j(n) denote the right side of Equation (37), also for nonsquarefree n≡a(modH)n\equiv a\pmod H. Expanding μ2(n)\mu^2(n) and retaining divisors d≤Yd\leq Y leaves an error

Of,H,Φ,ρ(X1+ρ/Y).O_{f,H,\Phi,\rho}(X^{1+\rho}/Y).

Indeed write n=tv2n=tv^2, with tt squarefree. The omitted terms have v>Yv>Y, and their multiplicity is at most the divisor count of vv. Let L(v)(s,f⊗χσt)L^{(v)}(s,f\otimes\chi_{\sigma t}) be the primitive-twist LL-function with its Euler factors at primes dividing vv removed. For 0<δM<ρ/80<\delta_M<\rho/8, Mellin inversion gives

Aj(tv2)=22πi∫(δM)G(z)Γ(1+z)(QAtv2)zL(v)(1/2+z,f⊗χσt)dzzj+1.A_j(tv^2)=\frac{2}{2\pi i}\int_{(\delta_M)}G(z)\Gamma(1+z)(Q_A tv^2)^zL^{(v)}(1/2+z,f\otimes\chi_{\sigma t})\frac{dz}{z^{j+1}}.

Choose the large-sieve and divisor exponents smaller still. On this line the removed Euler factors cost an arbitrarily small fixed power of vv. Cauchy’s inequality and Equation (38) give, for suitably small ρ′>0\rho'>0,

∑t≤2X/v2∗∣L(1/2+δM+iτ,f⊗χσt)∣≪f,ρ′,δM(X/v2)1+ρ′(1+∣τ∣)C,\sum_{t\leq2X/v^2}^{*}\left|L(1/2+\delta_M+i\tau,f\otimes\chi_{\sigma t})\right|\ll_{f,\rho',\delta_M}(X/v^2)^{1+\rho'}(1+|\tau|)^C,

where the star retains the primitive discriminant conditions. The gamma factors control the integral. The divisor count, the removed Euler factors, and XδMX^{\delta_M} are absorbed in XρX^\rho, leaving X1+ρ∑v>Yv−2≪X1+ρ/YX^{1+\rho}\sum_{v>Y}v^{-2}\ll X^{1+\rho}/Y. The factor z−2z^{-2} changes only the constant.

Poisson summation and the main term. Only (d,H)=1(d,H)=1 occurs, because n≡a(modH)n\equiv a\pmod H is a reduced class. For d≤Yd\le Y put J=[d2,b]J=[d^2,b] and cJ≡aJ−1(modH)c_J\equiv aJ^{-1}\pmod H, which is therefore defined. Write u=u1qu=u_1q with u1∣H∞u_1\mid H^\infty and (q,H)=1(q,H)=1, and put κ(u1)=χσa(u1)\kappa(u_1)=\chi_{\sigma a}(u_1). Define

Gν(q)=∑ymod⁡q(yq)e(νy/q),Wj(z,R)=∫0∞Φ(x)Vj(zQAX)e(−Rx) dx.G_\nu(q)=\sum_{y\mathrel{\operatorname{mod}}q}\left(\frac{y}{q}\right)e(\nu y/q),\qquad W_j(z,R)=\int_0^\infty\Phi(x)V_j\left(\frac{z}{Q_AX}\right)e(-Rx)\,dx.

where e(x)=e2πixe(x)=e^{2\pi ix}. Put

Tj(J)=∑n>0, n≡a (H)J∣nAj(n)Φ(n/X).T_j(J)=\sum_{\substack{n>0,\ n\equiv a\ (H)\\ J\mid n}}\mathcal{A}_j(n)\Phi(n/X).

Poisson summation in the fixed progression gives the exact identity

Tj(J)=2XHJ∑u1∣H∞λ(u1)κ(u1)u1∑(q,H)=1λ(q)q3/2(σJHq)∑ν∈ZGν(q)e(νcJq‾/H)Wj(u1qX,νXHJq).(39)T_j(J)=\frac{2X}{HJ}\sum_{u_1\mid H^\infty}\frac{\lambda(u_1)\kappa(u_1)}{\sqrt{u_1}}\sum_{\substack{(q,H)=1}}\frac{\lambda(q)}{q^{3/2}}\left(\frac{\sigma JH}{q}\right)\sum_{\nu\in\mathbb{Z}}G_\nu(q)e(\nu c_J\overline{q}/H)W_j\left(\frac{u_1q}{X},\frac{\nu X}{HJq}\right). \tag*{(39)}

Here qq‾≡1(modH)q\overline{q}\equiv1\pmod H. The arithmetic factor follows directly by applying the Chinese remainder theorem to

∑xmod⁡Hqx≡cJ (H)(xq)e(νx/(Hq))=e(νcJq‾/H)(Hq)Gν(q).\sum_{\substack{x\mathrel{\operatorname{mod}}Hq\\x\equiv c_J\ (H)}}\left(\frac{x}{q}\right)e(\nu x/(Hq))=e(\nu c_J\overline{q}/H)\left(\frac{H}{q}\right)G_\nu(q).

When (q,J)>1(q,J)>1, the additional Jacobi symbol is zero.

At zero frequency only square qq occur. Put

Hp(z)=1+(1−p−1)∑r≥1λ(p2r)p−r(1+2z),Hp=Hp(0),H_p(z)=1+(1-p^{-1})\sum_{r\ge1}\lambda(p^{2r})p^{-r(1+2z)},\qquad H_p=H_p(0),
LH(z)=∑u1∣H∞λ(u1)κ(u1)u1−1/2−z,FJ(z)=∏p∤HJHp(z).L_H(z)=\sum_{u_1\mid H^\infty}\lambda(u_1)\kappa(u_1)u_1^{-1/2-z},\qquad F_J(z)=\prod_{p\nmid HJ}H_p(z).

The zero-frequency term is

2XHJ12πi∫(2)G(z)Γ(1+z)(QAX)zΦ^0(z)LH(z)FJ(z)dzzj+1,Φ^0(z)=∫0∞Φ(x)xz dx.\frac{2X}{HJ}\frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{(2)}G(z)\Gamma(1+z)(Q_AX)^z\widehat{\Phi}_0(z)L_H(z)F_J(z)\frac{dz}{z^{j+1}},\qquad\widehat{\Phi}_0(z)=\int_0^\infty\Phi(x)x^z\,dx.

For the Satake parameters αp,αp−1\alpha_p,\alpha_p^{-1}, with ∣αp∣=1|\alpha_p|=1, we have

∑r≥0λ(p2r)xr=1+x(1−αp2x)(1−αp−2x).\sum_{r\ge0}\lambda(p^{2r})x^r=\frac{1+x}{(1-\alpha_p^2x)(1-\alpha_p^{-2}x)}.

Thus FJF_J factors through L(1+2z,sym⁡2f)L(1+2z,\operatorname{sym}^2 f) and a correction product convergent near ℜz≥−1/16\Re z\ge-1/16. Omitting a prime dividing JJ removes its correction factor and inserts an inverse symmetric-square Euler polynomial; it creates no pole even when Hp(z)H_p(z) has zeros. The omitted factors cost at most JB1J^{B_1} for an absolute B1B_1. Symmetric-square continuation, including the CM case [20], and the polynomial strip bounds from its functional equation therefore give an error Of,H,Φ(JB1X1−1/16)O_{f,H,\Phi}(J^{B_1}X^{1-1/16}) when shifting to ℜz=−1/16\Re z=-1/16.

The residues have a positive leading coefficient. Indeed

Fpev=∑r≥0λ(p2r)p−r=1+p−1(1−αp2/p)(1−αp−2/p)>0,Hp=p−1+(1−p−1)Fpev>p−1.F_p^{\mathrm{ev}}=\sum_{r\ge0}\lambda(p^{2r})p^{-r}=\frac{1+p^{-1}}{(1-\alpha_p^2/p)(1-\alpha_p^{-2}/p)}>0,\qquad H_p=p^{-1}+(1-p^{-1})F_p^{\mathrm{ev}}>p^{-1}.

The fixed Euler factors are positive at the center, and L(1,sym⁡2f)>0L(1,\operatorname{sym}^{2} f)>0 by the Rankin–Selberg residue formula. This also holds for CM forms. Summing the residue over the square divisor gives, at p∤Hbp\nmid Hb, the factor Hp−p−2H_p-p^{-2}, and at p∣bp\mid b the factor p−1−p−2p^{-1}-p^{-2}. Consequently

βp=p−1p2Hp−1=11+pFpev=p−1+O(p−2).\beta_p=\frac{p-1}{p^{2}H_p-1}=\frac{1}{1+pF_p^{\mathrm{ev}}}=p^{-1}+O(p^{-2}).

For j=1j=1, the double pole gives cXlog⁡X+c1XcX\log X+c_1X with the same positive leading coefficient. Extending the residue sum from d≤Yd\le Y to all dd costs O(bB2X1+ρ/Y)O(b^{B_2}X^{1+\rho}/Y); the d−2+ρd^{-2+\rho} tail also permits differentiation of that sum.

The nonzero frequencies. It remains to obtain a power saving with polynomial dependence on JJ. Put ϵq=1\epsilon_q=1 or ii according as q≡1q\equiv1 or 3(mod4)3\pmod4 and G~ν(q)=ϵq−1Gν(q)\widetilde{G}_\nu(q)=\epsilon_q^{-1}G_\nu(q). This is multiplicative in qq. Since 4∣H4\mid H, expand ϵqe(νcJq‾/H)\epsilon_q e(\nu c_J\overline{q}/H) in characters ψ\psi mod HH. For ν≠0\nu\ne0 the resulting Dirichlet series is

Dψ,J,ν(s)=∑q(q,H)=1λ(q)qsG~ν(q)q(σJHνq)ψ(q)=L(s,f⊗ξprim)Cψ,J,ν(s),D_{\psi,J,\nu}(s)=\sum_{\substack{q\\(q,H)=1}}\frac{\lambda(q)}{q^s}\frac{\widetilde{G}_\nu(q)}{\sqrt q}\left(\frac{\sigma_JH\nu}{q}\right)\psi(q)=L(s,f\otimes\xi_{\mathrm{prim}})C_{\psi,J,\nu}(s),

where ξ(q)=ψ(q)(σJHν/q)\xi(q)=\psi(q)(\sigma_JH\nu/q). At p∤2HJνp\nmid2HJ\nu its local factor is 1+λ(p)ξ(p)p−s1+\lambda(p)\xi(p)p^{-s}; dividing by the GL⁡2\operatorname{GL}_2 Euler factor leaves a polynomial 1+O(p−2ℜs)1+O(p^{-2\Re s}). The bound at primes dividing ν\nu has an absolute exponent. Indeed, for an odd prime pp, put a=vp(ν)a=v_p(\nu). Directly summing over the lifts of a residue modulo pp gives

Gν(pr)={φ(pr),r even, r≤a,−pr−1,r even, r=a+1,ϵppr−1/2(ν/pr−1p),r odd, r=a+1,0,otherwise.G_\nu(p^r)= \begin{cases} \varphi(p^r), & r\ \text{even},\ r\le a,\\ -p^{r-1}, & r\ \text{even},\ r=a+1,\\ \epsilon_p p^{r-1/2}\left(\dfrac{\nu/p^{r-1}}{p}\right), & r\ \text{odd},\ r=a+1,\\ 0, & \text{otherwise}. \end{cases}

For even rr this is the Ramanujan sum; for odd rr the inner sum of lifts vanishes unless pr−1∣νp^{r-1}\mid\nu, after which the primitive quadratic Gauss sum gives the displayed value. In particular ∣G~ν(pr)/pr/2∣≤pr/2|\widetilde{G}_\nu(p^r)/p^{r/2}|\le p^{r/2}, and the local polynomial on ℜs≥3/4\Re s\ge3/4 is bounded by ∑r≥0(r+1)p−r/4≤C0\sum_{r\ge0}(r+1)p^{-r/4}\le C_0 with C0C_0 absolute. The inverse degree-two Euler polynomial is bounded by another absolute constant C1C_1. Primes dividing JJ simply remove the local sum, and have the same bound after multiplication by that inverse Euler polynomial. Thus all primes dividing JνJ\nu cost at most (C0C1)ω(Jν)≤(2J∣ν∣)C(C_0C_1)^{\omega(J\nu)}\le(2J|\nu|)^C, for an absolute CC. The remaining correction product converges absolutely on ℜs≥3/4\Re s\ge3/4, since its local error is O(p−3/2)O(p^{-3/2}). Hence the correction is holomorphic on ℜs>1/2\Re s>1/2 and has the asserted polynomial bound with absolute exponent. The conductor of ξprim\xi_{\mathrm{prim}} is at most 4HJ∣ν∣4HJ|\nu|, and the twisted cuspidal LL-function is entire. Thus, with absolute CC,

∣Dψ,J,ν(3/4+iτ)∣≪f,H(J∣ν∣)C(1+∣τ∣)C.|D_{\psi,J,\nu}(3/4+i\tau)|\ll_{f,H}(J|\nu|)^C(1+|\tau|)^C.

Integration by parts in both weight variables gives, for fixed rr, ss and any K>0K>0,

∣(z∂z)r(R∂R)sWj(z,R)∣≪f,Φ,r,s,K(1+z)−K(1+∣R∣)−K(1+∣log⁡z∣).\left|(z\partial_z)^r(R\partial_R)^sW_j(z,R)\right|\ll_{f,\Phi,r,s,K}(1+z)^{-K}(1+|R|)^{-K}(1+|\log z|).

The logarithm is needed only for j=1j=1 and is O(log⁡X)O(\log X) on the actual sums, where z≥X−1z\ge X^{-1}. For an absolute small ρ>0\rho>0 the sums can therefore be restricted to

u1q≪X1+ρ,0<∣ν∣≪HJX2ρ,q≫HX1−ρ/J,u_1q\ll X^{1+\rho},\qquad0<|\nu|\ll_H JX^{2\rho},\qquad q\gg_H X^{1-\rho}/J,

at a negligible cost with polynomial dependence on JJ. A trivial bound ∣Gν(q)∣≤q|G_{\nu}(q)| \leq q gives a polynomial majorant for the discarded tails. To identify the sum to be shifted, write Dψ,J,ν(s)=∑qγ(q)q−sD_{\psi,J,\nu}(s)=\sum_q\gamma(q)q^{-s}. On a dyadic range q≍Tq\asymp T, take a fixed smooth cutoff ϑ\vartheta and put

wT(y)=ϑ(y)Wj(u1TyX,νXHJTy).w_T(y)=\vartheta(y)W_j\left(\frac{u_1Ty}{X},\frac{\nu X}{HJT y}\right).

Each dyadic qq-sum after the character expansion is therefore

∑qγ(q)qwT(q/T)=12πi∫(1)w^T(s)TsDψ,J,ν(1+s) ds.\sum_q\frac{\gamma(q)}{q}w_T(q/T)=\frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{(1)}\widehat{w}_T(s)T^sD_{\psi,J,\nu}(1+s)\,ds.

where w^T(s)=∫0∞wT(y)ys−1 dy\widehat{w}_T(s)=\int_0^\infty w_T(y)y^{s-1}\,dy. The weight bounds permit a contour shift to ℜs=−1/4\Re s=-1/4, giving

Of,H,Φ((J∣ν∣)CXC′ρT−1/4).O_{f,H,\Phi}\left((J|\nu|)^C X^{C'\rho}T^{-1/4}\right).

There is no residue. Summing over ν\nu, over the dyadic ranges, and over u1u_1 (for which ∑u1∣H∞∣λ(u1)∣/u1<∞\sum_{u_1\mid H^\infty}|\lambda(u_1)|/\sqrt{u_1}<\infty) is bounded, up to a further XO(ρ)X^{O(\rho)}, by

XJJC(JX2ρ)C+1(X1−ρ/J)−1/4=J2C+1/4X3/4+O(ρ).\frac{X}{J}J^C(JX^{2\rho})^{C+1}(X^{1-\rho}/J)^{-1/4}=J^{2C+1/4}X^{3/4+O(\rho)}.

This gives O(JB3X3/4+C′′ρ)O(J^{B_3}X^{3/4+C''\rho}). Choose ρ\rho so that this is O(JB3X7/8)O(J^{B_3}X^{7/8}).

Choosing the truncation. Since J≤bd2J\leq bd^2, summing the two contour errors for d≤Yd\leq Y, and adjoining (6.3), gives

Of,H,Φ(bB4Y2B4+1X1−κ+bB4X1+ρ/Y)O_{f,H,\Phi}\left(b^{B_4}Y^{2B_4+1}X^{1-\kappa}+b^{B_4}X^{1+\rho}/Y\right)

for absolute κ>0\kappa>0 and B4B_4. Take Y=XδY=X^\delta with (2B4+1)δ<κ/2(2B_4+1)\delta<\kappa/2, and then ρ<δ/4\rho<\delta/4. Both errors have the form in the statement, with absolute positive saving. This proves the lemma.

Proof of Propositions 6.1 and 6.2. For negative root number, Lemma 6.3 gives a nonzero sum of derivatives in every sufficiently large dyadic interval. One derivative is nonzero, and its central zero is already forced by the sign.

For positive root number, use the nonnegative sequence

an=μ2(n)1n≡a(modH)L(1/2,f⊗χσn)Φ(n/X).a_n=\mu^2(n)1_{n\equiv a\pmod H}L(1/2,f\otimes\chi_{\sigma n})\Phi(n/X).

Its nonnegativity follows from the Waldspurger formula [47]. The lemma gives a dimension-one sieve density βp\beta_p and an absolute exponent of distribution: choose θ>0\theta>0 with (B+1)θ<η(B+1)\theta<\eta and put D=XθD=X^\theta. The total remainder for squarefree b≤Db\leq D is

Of,H,Φ(DBB+1X1−η)=o(X/log⁡X).O_{f,H,\Phi}(DB^{B+1}X^{1-\eta})=o(X/\log X).

The density estimate also gives the interval product condition

∏w≤p<zp∤H(1−βp)−1≤log⁡zlog⁡w(1+Cf,Hlog⁡w)(2≤w<z).\prod_{\substack{w\leq p<z\\p\nmid H}}(1-\beta_p)^{-1}\leq\frac{\log z}{\log w}\left(1+\frac{C_{f,H}}{\log w}\right)\qquad(2\leq w<z).

Indeed, comparison with (1−p−1)−1(1-p^{-1})^{-1} contributes a logarithmic error O(∑p≥wp−2)O(\sum_{p\geq w}p^{-2}), and Mertens’ product estimate gives the displayed bound; finitely many small primes are absorbed in Cf,HC_{f,H}. The same comparison gives

∏p<zp∤H(1−βp)≍f,H(log⁡z)−1.\prod_{\substack{p<z\\p\nmid H}}(1-\beta_p)\asymp_{f,H}(\log z)^{-1}.

The lower linear sieve [19] (Theorem 11.13), with z=D1/sz = D^{1/s} and any fixed s>2s > 2, therefore gives positive remaining weight. Since z=Xθ/sz = X^{\theta/s} tends to infinity, its surviving parameters eventually avoid all primes up to any prescribed bound. Every surviving parameter is prime to HH and has all other prime factors at least zz. Since n<2Xn < 2X, its number of prime factors is bounded by any fixed integer greater than 2s/θ2s/\theta for sufficiently large XX. This proves Proposition 6.2 and the positive-sign part of Proposition 6.1. Enlarging HH and choosing a reduced CRT lift excludes any additional finite prime set.

The constants in the size threshold may change when the curve or the support is changed. The exponent θ\theta and the factor-count bound do not. In particular, a previously chosen twist can be absorbed into the curve before this proposition is applied.

Coefficient systems and their contraction identities

We construct Fourier coefficients detecting central values and Heegner points, then use arithmetic lower bounds to normalize their least nonzero valuation. The resulting binary tests satisfy the contraction and isolation identities used in Section 8. The even lower bound is already available from Section 3; the odd detector is constructed without one, and its normalization remains conditional until Proposition 9.10.

Throughout, SS contains 2 and the primes dividing the conductor NN. A filter prescribes local unit squareclasses at SS, together with the infinite sign, and excludes finitely many further primes. Its indices are h=σDh = \sigma D, where DD is positive and squarefree. All primes adjoined subsequently are odd, good, and outside the current support. Put F=Q(E[2])F = \mathbb{Q}(E[2]). In the present residual range, FF is trivial or quadratic. A prime split in FF has weight 1, and a prime inert in FF, called simple, has weight 1/21/2. We write w(D)w(D) for the sum of these weights. All valuations satisfy v(2)=1v(2) = 1.

We use the theta multiplier cubed for weight 3/2. Local unit characters and their associated Dirichlet characters are related by the usual inverse idele convention. Thus, if a finite Schwartz function satisfies f(ux)=α(u)f(x)f(ux) = \alpha(u)f(x), its scalar classical character on the lower-right entry is the Dirichlet character associated to α−1\alpha^{-1}. This convention removes a possible inverse ambiguity in the formulas below.

Even coefficients and exact comparison of ratios

Proposition 7.1 (Even coefficient system). Fix an even-sign filter and a nonvanishing index D0D_0 in it. There is a holomorphic cuspidal form g=∑n≥1a(n)qng = \sum_{n \ge1} a(n)q^n of weight 3/2, orthogonal to unary theta series, of level supported on a fixed enlargement of SS, and characters η,ψ\eta,\psi of 2-power order such that ψ/η=χ−σ\psi/\eta= \chi_{-\sigma} and

a(p2n)=(η(p)ap(E)−ψ(p)(−n/p))a(n)−pη(p)2a(n/p2)(p∉S).a(p^2n) = \bigl(\eta(p)a_p(E)-\psi(p)(-n/p)\bigr)a(n)-p\eta(p)^2a(n/p^2) \qquad(p \notin S).

Its coefficients are zero off the unit-squareclass filter. After normalization at D0D_0, every squarefree coefficient is rational up to a 2-power root of unity. For two nonzero squarefree coefficients,

2v(a(D)a(D0))=v(L∗(σD)L∗(σD0)).2v\left(\frac{a(D)}{a(D_0)}\right) = v\left(\frac{L_*(\sigma D)}{L_*(\sigma D_0)}\right).

Moreover a(D)≠0a(D) \ne0 exactly when L(E(σD),1)≠0L(E^{(\sigma D)},1) \ne0. Consequently any previously established bound v(L∗(σD))≥2w(D)+s(σD)−Cv(L_*(\sigma D)) \ge2w(D) + s(\sigma D) - C gives

v(a(D))≥w(D)+12s(σD)−Cg(40)v(a(D)) \ge w(D) + \frac{1}{2}s(\sigma D) - C_g \tag*{(40)}

with CgC_g fixed independently of DD.

Proof. Use the Shimura packet of E(−σ)E^{(-\sigma)}. Its positive index DD tests the twist by χ−D\chi_{-D}, which is E(σD)E^{(\sigma D)}. The nonvanishing at D0D_0 selects a globally occurring member admitting that Fourier functional. Take its spherical vector outside SS and its holomorphic vector of weight 3/23/2 at infinity.

Here is the support-local vector selection. Start with a vector on which the D0D_0 Fourier functional is nonzero. Projection under a sufficiently large compact group of upper unipotents to additive frequency D0D_0 restricts the potentially nonzero unit translates to arbitrarily small neighborhoods of the two solutions of u2=1u^2 = 1. Choose a unit character agreeing with the forced action at −1-1. It can have 2-power order: the image of −1-1 is detected in the 2-primary quotient of the unit group. The neighborhoods of 11 and −1-1 then contribute with the same sign, so this projection preserves the nonzero functional. Upper integral translations act trivially, and smoothness gives sufficiently deep lower-unipotent invariance. The vector therefore defines a classical form at a level supported on SS, allowing arbitrary depth at 22 and at the bad primes. The unit-squareclass and coprimality sieves commute with good T(p2)T(p^2), since their conditions are unchanged by multiplication of the index by p2p^2. The classical Hecke formula [43] gives (7.1), with η=ψχ−σ\eta= \psi\chi_{-\sigma}.

At the level just chosen, let VV be the full space of weight-3/23/2 cusp forms orthogonal to unary theta series, with scalar character ψ\psi and good T(p2)T(p^2) eigenvalues η(p)ap(E)\eta(p)a_p(E). It contains the constructed form, whose coefficient at D0D_0 is nonzero. For D/D0D/D_0 a unit square at every support prime, Waldspurger’s comparison [47] gives, for every f∈Vf \in V,

af(D)2=ψ(D/D0)L∗(σD)L∗(σD0)af(D0)2.a_f(D)^2 = \psi(D/D_0)\frac{L_*(\sigma D)}{L_*(\sigma D_0)}a_f(D_0)^2.

Its hypothesis (H1) follows from the nonzero eigenspace [47]; the final paragraph of the comparison proof removes (H2) for these local squareclasses. Factoring the displayed quadratic identity in the two coefficient functionals shows that they are proportional on all of VV, with one scalar independent of ff. This includes oldvectors and their linear combinations; if the central value at DD vanishes, the first functional is simply zero.

Choose an algebraic form gg in the filtered subspace of VV with a(D0)≠0a(D_0) \ne0. To justify this choice, multiplication by ordinary theta embeds the space into an integral-weight space, and divisibility by theta is specified by algebraic cusp conditions [40]. The character, good-Hecke and filter conditions are algebraic linear conditions as well. Since evaluation at D0D_0 is nonzero after extension to C\mathbb{C}, it is nonzero on some algebraic form.

Let uu be an automorphism of Q‾\overline{\mathbb{Q}} acting on the character values by an odd power ee, and put ν=η(e−1)/2\nu= \eta^{(e-1)/2}. The forms gug^u and g⊗νg \otimes\nu have the same scalar character ψu=ψν2\psi^u = \psi\nu^2 and the same good eigenvalues η(p)ap(E)=ν(p)2η(p)ap(E)\eta(p)a_p(E) = \nu(p)^2\eta(p)a_p(E); here ψ/η\psi/\eta is quadratic. They belong to one good-Hecke eigenspace at a common level still supported on SS. Applying the preceding proportionality in that nonzero space and normalizing at D0D_0 gives

u(ξ)=ν(D/D0)ξ,ξ=a(D)/a(D0).u(\xi) = \nu(D/D_0)\xi,\qquad\xi= a(D)/a(D_0).

Local square roots of D/D0D/D_0 at the conductor of η\eta give a value zz of η\eta with η(D/D0)=z2\eta(D/D_0) = z^2. Then u(z)=zeu(z) = z^e and ν(D/D0)=ze−1\nu(D/D_0) = z^{e-1}, so ξ/z\xi/z is fixed by every algebraic automorphism and is rational. Moreover the same local-square condition gives ψ(D/D0)=η(D/D0)=z2\psi(D/D_0) = \eta(D/D_0) = z^2. The comparison therefore reads

(ξ/z)2=L∗(σD)L∗(σD0).(\xi/z)^2 = \frac{L_*(\sigma D)}{L_*(\sigma D_0)}.

which proves (7.2) since ν(z)=0\nu(z) = 0. There is no product over the new prime factors: the unramified squarefree formula includes both local valuations zero and one. No exceptional local representation at 22 is excluded by the same-local-class comparison. The vanishing assertion and (7.3) follow. ▫

A detecting Kummer functional

Fix now the positive odd-sign filter and its original support, including the auxiliary class-group tests needed for arithmetic realization. Choose a fixed negative odd fundamental discriminant h∗h_\ast with L(E(h∗),1)≠0L(E^{(h_\ast)},1) \ne0, whose local squareclasses agree with those of the filter at 2N2N. Adjoin its prime factors to SS, exclude them from the variable indices, and refine the fixed unit tests there as required, all before varying DD. Choose it so that ∣h∗∣>4\lvert h_\ast\rvert> 4 and one of its ramified primes excludes the CM field of EE, if there is one. Thus

KD=Q(Dh∗)K_D = \mathbb{Q}\left(\sqrt{D h_\ast}\right)

is imaginary, split at 2N2N, and has only the units {1,−1}\{1,-1\}. Fix a modular parametrization φ\varphi with φ(∞)=0\varphi(\infty)=0 throughout. With this normalization the cuspidal constants in its Hecke and Atkin–Lehner relations are torsion; see [34, 16]. An arbitrary translation by a rational point is not permitted.

Let HDH_D be the Hilbert class field of KDK_D. Choose an OKD\mathcal{O}_{K_D}-ideal nD\mathfrak{n}_D with OKD/nD≃Z/NZ\mathcal{O}_{K_D}/\mathfrak{n}_D \simeq\mathbb{Z}/N\mathbb{Z}, fixing one orientation at each level prime, and let xD∈X0(N)(HD)x_D \in X_0(N)(H_D) be its conductor-one CM point. The unramified genus character χD\chi_D attached to KD(h∗)/KDK_D(\sqrt{h_\ast})/K_D satisfies χD([a])=χh∗(Norm⁡a)\chi_D([\mathfrak{a}])=\chi_{h_\ast}(\operatorname{Norm}\mathfrak{a}) on ideals prime to Dh∗D h_\ast. Define the unaveraged character sum

PD=∑[a]∈Pic⁡(OKD)χD([a])φ(xD[a]).P_D = \sum_{[\mathfrak{a}]\in\operatorname{Pic}(\mathcal{O}_{K_D})} \chi_D([\mathfrak{a}])\varphi\left(x_D^{[\mathfrak{a}]}\right).

These conductor-one genus sums over the varying fields KDK_D are distinct from the conductor-∣h∣\lvert h\rvert ring-class sums over a fixed field KK defined in Section 4. The point PDP_D lies in E(Q(D,h∗))E(\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{D},\sqrt{h_\ast})), with the quadratic interpretation when D=1D=1. Its genus-character component over KDK_D is the sum of the DD- and h∗h_\ast-twist components over Q\mathbb{Q}. The latter has rank zero because L(E(h∗),1)≠0L(E^{(h_\ast)},1)\ne0. Thus the free part of PDP_D lies in the DD-twist component, a line when E(D)E^{(D)} has a simple zero. We retain the unaveraged sum in the theta comparison; a fixed integer LL kills bounded-degree torsion and makes its comparison with a rational twist point integral. At a simple zero write j(PD)j(P_D) for its index valuation in the free rational twist line, allowing the fixed restriction and projection indices. Put j(PD)=+∞j(P_D)=+\infty if the product derivative vanishes.

Lemma 7.2 (Kummer detection, including CM). Let CC act on T=T2ET=T_2E as complex conjugation, and choose a nonzero integral row b:T⟶Z2\mathbf{b}:T\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}_2 with bC=b\mathbf{b}C=\mathbf{b}. For a fixed positive simple-zero witness DwD_w, there are arbitrarily large precisions MM and good primes ℓ\ell such that

ρT(Fr⁡ℓ)≡C(mod2M),(h∗ℓ)=−1,(Dwℓ)=1.(41)\rho_T(\operatorname{Fr}_\ell)\equiv C\pmod{2^M},\qquad \left(\frac{h_\ast}{\ell}\right)=-1,\qquad \left(\frac{D_w}{\ell}\right)=1. \tag*{(41)}

Evaluation at Frobenius squared defines an integral homomorphism

λM:E(Fℓ2)⟶Z/2MZ,λM=bκM,\lambda_M:E(\mathbb{F}_{\ell^2})\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}/2^M\mathbb{Z},\qquad\lambda_M=\mathbf{b}\kappa_M,

of Frobenius sign +1+1. The valuation of λM(red⁡ℓ(LPDw))\lambda_M(\operatorname{red}_\ell(LP_{D_w})) is bounded independently of MM, for a fixed nonzero integer LL making the twist comparison integral. Extra fixed finite-field restrictions can be retained when they agree with the chosen complex-conjugation coset, or when a compatible lift has been specified.

Proof. For every elliptic curve A/QA/\mathbb{Q}, the rational Tate module V2AV_2A is irreducible. Indeed Faltings’ semisimplicity and endomorphism theorem [17] would turn a proper summand into a nontrivial idempotent in End⁡Q2(A)⊗Q2=Q2\operatorname{End}_{\mathbb{Q}_2}(A)\otimes\mathbb{Q}_2=\mathbb{Q}_2. The equality of this endomorphism ring with Z2\mathbb{Z}_2 includes CM curves: a nonreal CM endomorphism is not defined over Q\mathbb{Q}. The Tate image contains a nonidentity central scalar, by the homothety theorem [2]. Let Q∈A(Q)Q \in A(\mathbb{Q}) be nontorsion and let cQc_Q be its division cocycle. On the kernel of the Tate action its image is a closed Z2\mathbb{Z}_2-submodule of T2AT_2A, stable under the full Galois image. If its rational span were zero, the rational Kummer class would factor through the Tate image. A central scalar z≠1z \ne1 annihilates its first cohomology: for a cocycle cc the equality of c(zg)c(zg) and c(gz)c(gz) gives (z−1)c(g)=(g−1)c(z)(z-1)c(g)=(g-1)c(z), so cc is a coboundary over Q2\mathbb{Q}_2. This contradicts Kummer injectivity and the finite generation of A(Q)A(\mathbb{Q}). Irreducibility consequently makes the translation image contain 2aT2A2^aT_2A for some aa. Intersecting with the kernel of additional finite data retains a full lattice.

Apply this to the rational twist point supplied by LPDDwLPD_{D_w} on A=E(Dw)A=E^{(D_w)}. Since Dw>0D_w>0, conjugation acts on its Tate module as CC. Modify a conjugation lift by an element of the simultaneous kernel whose translation is vv. The square of the modified element has translation (1+C)v(1+C)v, and b(1+C)v=2b(v)b(1+C)v=2b(v). The full-lattice property allows a choice with a fixed finite nonzero valuation. Conjugation acts trivially on Q(Dw)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{D_w}) and nontrivially on Q(h∗)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{h_*}). Chebotarev in each finite torsion, division, and character extension gives (7.4) and the chosen finite nonzero detection.

For good ℓ\ell, Lang’s theorem and finite-field Kummer theory give

E(Fℓ2)/2ME(Fℓ2)≃T/(2MT+(Fr⁡ℓ2−1)T)=T/2MT.E(\mathbb{F}_{\ell^2})/2^M E(\mathbb{F}_{\ell^2}) \simeq T/(2^M T+(\operatorname{Fr}_{\ell}^2-1)T)=T/2^M T.

This is evaluation of a cocycle at arithmetic Frobenius squared. Its equivariance and bC=bbC=b prove the sign assertion. Reduction of the division cocycle gives precisely the detection already arranged. Finally det⁡C=−1\det C=-1 implies ℓ≡−1(mod2M)\ell\equiv-1\pmod{2^M}.

The finite Schwartz function and its transformation

Lemma 7.3 (Explicit weighted theta construction). For ℓ\ell as in Lemma 7.2, the reduced modular parametrization followed by λM\lambda_M admits an integral weighted ternary theta lift. After extraction of the coefficients at multiples of ∣h∗∣|h_*| it gives a classical holomorphic weight-3/23/2 form gM=∑aM(n)qng_M=\sum a_M(n)q^n, of level supported on S∪{ℓ}S\cup\{\ell\}, with (7.1) modulo 2M2^M. The associated characters have 2-power order and quadratic ratio. For squarefree admissible DD,

aM(D)=c02ω(N)ζM(D)λM(red⁡ℓ(LPD))(mod2M),(42)a_M(D)=c_0 2^{\omega(N)}\zeta_M(D)\lambda_M(\operatorname{red}_{\ell}(LP_D))\pmod{2^M}, \tag*{(42)}

where ζM(D)\zeta_M(D) is a 2-power root of unity and c0,Lc_0,L are fixed integers independent of D,M,ℓD,M,\ell. The extra index restriction at ℓ\ell is (D/ℓ)=1(D/\ell)=1.

Proof. Let BB be ramified at ℓ\ell and infinity, RR an Eichler order of level NN, and V=B0V=B^0 with Q(x)=−x2=Nrd⁡(x)Q(x)=-x^2=\operatorname{Nrd}(x). The root characters at the fixed level primes below are chosen once. Let O\mathcal{O} be the valuation ring at a place above 2 of the field generated by their values. The other local weights are quadratic, so this field is independent of MM and ℓ\ell. In this construction integrality means membership in O\mathcal{O}, and congruences mean congruences modulo 2MO2^M\mathcal{O}.

The supersingular coefficient function. The supersingular pairs on X0(N)X_0(N) are the finite set

X=B×\B^×/R^×.X=B^\times\backslash\widehat{B}^{\times}/\widehat{R}^{\times}.

This description permits every NN prime to ℓ\ell, including arbitrary depth at 2; see [28], §§1.1–1.2,2.4–2.6. For z∈Xz\in X put Rz=B∩zR^z−1R_z=B\cap z\widehat{R}z^{-1}. Choose LL killing the finite subgroup generated by the images of the cuspidal constants in the Atkin–Lehner relations, and also all the bounded-degree torsion used below. Then

PM(z)=λM(Lφℓ(z)).P_M(z)=\lambda_M(L\varphi_\ell(z)).

where φℓ\varphi_\ell is the specialization of φ\varphi to the good-reduction special fiber. This function has Brandt eigenvalues ap(E)a_p(E) away from NℓN\ell, Atkin–Lehner eigenvalue wpew_{p^e} at pe∥Np^e\Vert N, and eigenvalue $+1 under the right ℓ\ell-uniformizer. These identities are modulo 2M2^{M}. Choose any integer lifts of this finite list of values.

The local Schwartz weights. We now define the local functions, rather than appealing to an unspecified weighted theta theorem. Off 2Nh∗ℓ2Nh^{*}\ell take the characteristic function of Rp0R_p^0. At pe∥Np^e\Vert N, use a model

Rp={(abcd):a,b,d∈Zp, c∈peZp}.R_p=\left\{\begin{pmatrix}a&b\\c&d\end{pmatrix}:a,b,d\in\mathbb{Z}_p,\ c\in p^e\mathbb{Z}_p\right\}.

Require the split fundamental unit squareclass and an integral embedding. Its action on the cyclic level quotient selects one root r∈Zp×r\in\mathbb{Z}_p^\times of x2x^2. Give xx weight αp(r)\alpha_p(r), where αp\alpha_p is a finite unit character of 2-power order with

αp(−1)=wpεχh∗(p)e.(43)\alpha_p(-1)=w_p\varepsilon_{\chi_{h^*}}(p)^e. \tag*{(43)}

Such a character exists for either prescribed sign. The root is a locally constant function to any fixed character precision: the two idempotents of the split integral quadratic algebra distinguish the two summands of the cyclic quotient. Unit scaling x↦uxx\mapsto ux multiplies this weight by αp(u)\alpha_p(u), and order-unit conjugation preserves it.

At 22 require (1+x)/2∈R2(1+x)/2\in R_2 and x2∈Z2×2x^2\in\mathbb{Z}_2^{\times2}. If 2∣N2\mid N, the preceding selected-root rule is imposed using ex=(1+x)/2e_x=(1+x)/2. Its two eigenvalues (1+r)/2,(1−r)/2(1+r)/2,(1-r)/2 differ by the odd unit rr; hence the two idempotents remain distinct modulo 22. This verifies the construction at every exponent of 22 in NN. Scaling by an odd uu preserves integrality, since (1+ux)/2=u(1+x)/2+(1−u)/2(1+ux)/2=u(1+x)/2+(1-u)/2. This is an invertible affine change of the operator exe_x, so it preserves its two summands individually. The selected summand is selected by the cyclic level quotient, not by declaring its eigenvalue to be 00 or 11 modulo 22. On that same summand xx acts as rr and uxux acts as urur. Even when u≡−1(mod4)u\equiv-1\pmod4 interchanges the two eigenvalue parities, the root weight therefore changes by exactly α2(u)\alpha_2(u). If 2∤N2\nmid N there is no root weight at 22.

For p∣h∗p\mid h^* require x∈M2(Zp)0x\in M_2(\mathbb{Z}_p)^0 and vp(Q(x))=1v_p(Q(x))=1. Its reduction is a nonzero nilpotent. Fix X0=(0100)X_0=\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\0&0\end{pmatrix} and define

ϵp(gX0g−1)=(det⁡gp).\epsilon_p(gX_0g^{-1})=\left(\frac{\det g}{p}\right).

The centralizer consists of (ab0a)\begin{pmatrix}a&b\\0&a\end{pmatrix}, with determinant a2a^2, so this is well-defined on the entire nonzero nilpotent orbit. It obeys

ϵp(uyu−1)=(det⁡up)ϵp(y),ϵp(ay)=(ap)ϵp(y).\epsilon_p(uyu^{-1})=\left(\frac{\det u}{p}\right)\epsilon_p(y),\qquad \epsilon_p(ay)=\left(\frac{a}{p}\right)\epsilon_p(y).

The second equality follows by conjugating X0X_0 by diag⁡(a,1)\operatorname{diag}(a,1). Set fp(x)=ϵp(x‾)f_p(x)=\epsilon_p(\overline{x}) on the specified support. Thus the right conjugation character is precisely the local component of χh∗∘Nrd⁡\chi_{h^*}\circ\operatorname{Nrd}.

At ℓ\ell, let P\mathfrak{P} be the maximal ideal of the maximal order. Its residue field is Fℓ2\mathbb{F}_{\ell^2}, and the reduction of an integral trace-zero element lies on its one-dimensional trace-zero line. Fix a nonzero basis vector β\beta on that line and put

fℓ(x)=(tℓ)if x=tβ≠0,fℓ(x)=0otherwise.f_\ell(x)=\left(\frac{t}{\ell}\right)\quad\text{if }x=t\beta\ne0,\qquad f_\ell(x)=0\quad\text{otherwise}.

Order units act trivially by conjugation on the residue field. A uniformizer acts by its nontrivial automorphism and sends β\beta to −β-\beta. Therefore its multiplier is −1-1, since ℓ≡−1(mod4)\ell\equiv-1\pmod4; scaling has character (u/ℓ)(u/\ell). Moreover β2\beta^2 is a nonsquare and −1-1 is a nonsquare modulo ℓ\ell, so Q(x)=−t2β2Q(x)=-t^2\beta^2 is a nonzero square. Because (∣h∗∣/ℓ)=1(|h_*|/\ell)=1, the extracted indices automatically satisfy (D/ℓ)=1(D/\ell)=1. No average over Fℓ×\mathbb{F}_\ell^\times is used.

All these functions have compact support and are locally constant. Let f=∏fpf=\prod f_p, incorporating any additional fixed unit-squareclass conditions by their characteristic functions. Those conditions are stable under unit squares and change none of the scaling characters. For u∈R^×u\in\widehat{R}^{\times},

f(u−1xu)=χh∗(Nrd⁡u)−1f(x).f(u^{-1}xu)=\chi_{h_*}(\operatorname{Nrd}u)^{-1}f(x).

The product scaling character is even. Indeed its value at −1-1 is

(∏pe∥Nwpeχh∗(p)e)χh∗(−1)(−1)=1;\left(\prod_{p^e\parallel N}w_{p^e}\chi_{h_*}(p)^e\right)\chi_{h_*}(-1)(-1)=1;

the parenthesized factor is the even functional sign of E(h∗)E(h_*). Denote its associated classical character by ηB\eta_B. In the inverse-idele convention fixed above, if α\alpha is this finite scaling character, then ηB(d)=α(d)\eta_B(d)=\alpha(d) for positive integers dd prime to the support: the inverse idele character becomes the product of the finite unit values at the lower-right entry.

The scalar transformation law. Here are all the Weil-representation checks needed for scalar modularity. For an additive character of conductor Zp\mathbb{Z}_p, write n(b)=(1b01)n(b)=\begin{pmatrix}1&b\\0&1\end{pmatrix}, m(u)=diag⁡(u,u−1)m(u)=\operatorname{diag}(u,u^{-1}), and n−(c)=(10c1)n^-(c)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\c&1\end{pmatrix}. Use a Weyl lift ww, its compatible self-dual Fourier transform, and the Weil factors γp(u),γp\gamma_p(u),\gamma_p for this additive character. The defining formulas are

ω(n(b))fp(x)=ep(bQ(x))fp(x),ω(m(u))fp(x)=γp(u)∣u∣p3/2fp(ux),ω(w)fp=γpfp^.\omega(n(b))f_p(x)=e_p(bQ(x))f_p(x),\qquad\omega(m(u))f_p(x)=\gamma_p(u)|u|_p^{3/2}f_p(ux),\qquad\omega(w)f_p=\gamma_p\widehat{f_p}.

They follow from the Weil construction and Poisson summation [49]. Integral bb fixes fpf_p, since QQ is integral on its support. If fpf_p is invariant under translations by a lattice Lp′L'_p, its Fourier transform is supported on the dual lattice (Lp′)∨(L'_p)^\vee. Choose ApA_p so that pApQ((Lp′)∨)⊂Zpp^{A_p}Q((L'_p)^\vee)\subset\mathbb{Z}_p. Then n(pApb)n(p^{A_p}b) fixes fp^\widehat{f_p}, and conjugating by ww proves that every n−(pApb)n^-(p^{A_p}b) fixes fpf_p. This argument works without change at 2 and for all finite character depths.

Relative to the ordinary theta multiplier cubed, the diagonal Weil factor is (det⁡Q,u)p(\det Q,u)_p. Indeed diagonalizing QQ and multiplying the one-dimensional Weil-index identities [49] gives the Hilbert symbol of the product of its three coefficients. In a presentation B=(−a,−b)B=(-a,-b) that product is the determinant of aX2+bY2+abZ2aX^2+bY^2+abZ^2, namely (ab)2(ab)^2. Thus this additional factor is 1. The remaining diagonal action is exactly the scaling character already computed. Increasing A2A_2 to the depth needed for the standard metaplectic splitting, the factorization

(abcd)=n−(c/a)m(a)n(b/a),c∈pApZp, a∈Zp×\begin{pmatrix}a&b\\c&d\end{pmatrix}=n^-(c/a)m(a)n(b/a),\qquad c\in p^{A_p}\mathbb{Z}_p,\ a\in\mathbb{Z}_p^\times

proves scalar transformation on the required local Γ0\Gamma_0. Conjugation by zz commutes with these Weil actions and preserves QQ. Consequently the same level and scalar character work for every summand. The Gaussian at infinity gives holomorphic weight 3/23/2; positive definiteness gives nonnegative exponents at every cusp.

Choose an integer c0c_0 divisible by every possible ∣Rz×∣|R_z^\times|. Such a uniform choice exists because these unit groups embed in GL⁡4(Z)\operatorname{GL}_4(\mathbb{Z}) and their orders are bounded. The theta series is

HM(n)=c0∑z∈XPM(z)χh∗(Nrd⁡z)∣Rz×∣∑x∈B0Q(x)=nf(z−1xz).H_M(n)=c_0\sum_{z\in X}\frac{P_M(z)\chi_{h_*}(\operatorname{Nrd}z)}{|R_z^\times|}\sum_{\substack{x\in B^0\\Q(x)=n}}f(z^{-1}xz).

Equation (7.7) proves independence of right representatives; rational reduced norms are positive, so the norm character is trivial on the left rational action. The preceding Weil calculation proves modularity [49], and the choice of c0c_0 proves integral Fourier coefficients. More precisely, each c0/∣Rz×∣c_0/|R_z^\times| is an integer, so changing a lift of PM(z)P_M(z) by 2M2^M changes every coefficient by an element of 2MO2^M\mathcal{O}. No precision is lost to a stabilizer denominator. The chosen integer lifts need satisfy no characteristic-zero eigenrelation.

The good-prime Hecke relation. For completeness, the good-prime relation can be checked in a matrix order. Neighbors correspond to the lines in Fp2\mathbb{F}_p^2. A nonzero primitive nilpotent reduction has exactly one invariant line. For an integral element of nonzero reduction and norm nn, the number of invariant lines is 1+(−n/p)1+(-n/p); zero reduction contributes the additional pp lines. If a primitive yy has p2∣Q(y)p^2\mid Q(y), choose a basis in which its reduction is X0X_0. Its lower-left entry is divisible by p2p^2, and exactly the neighbor for that invariant line makes y/py/p integral. These counts partition the three terms of the theta Hecke operator. Scaling by pp at the support contributes ηB(p)\eta_B(p), and the reduced norm of a Brandt neighbor contributes χh∗(p)\chi_{h^*}(p). Thus, with A(n)=HM(n)A(n)=H_M(n),

A(p2n)+ηB(p)(−n/p)A(n)+pηB(p)2A(n/p2)=ηB(p)χh∗(p)ap(E)A(n)(mod2M).A(p^2n)+\eta_B(p)(-n/p)A(n)+p\eta_B(p)^2A(n/p^2)=\eta_B(p)\chi_{h^*}(p)a_p(E)A(n)\pmod{2^M}.

The orbit-stabilizer weights in (7.8) are exactly the weights in this neighbor count. Extracting aM(n)=HM(∣h∗∣n)a_M(n)=H_M(|h^*|n) gives η=ηBχh∗\eta=\eta_B\chi_{h^*} and ψ=ηB(∣h∗∣/⋅)\psi=\eta_B(|h^*|/\mathord\cdot), proving (7.1). Fixed-support coefficient sieves are exact zero-or-retain operations; they preserve coefficient integrality and commute with this relation.

The weighted coefficient comparison. It remains to prove the weighted comparison; modularity alone does not supply it. At n=∣h∗∣Dn=|h^*|D the counted elements are precisely the optimal embeddings OKD↪Rz\mathcal{O}_{K_D}\hookrightarrow R_z, sending Dh∗\sqrt{D}h^* to xx. The condition at 22 is exactly the condition on the integral generator (1+Dh∗)/2(1+\sqrt{D}h^*)/2. At a level prime there are two orientations. Indeed a stable lattice splits into its two integral idempotent summands, and a cyclic quotient of order pep^e lies wholly in one summand. At ℓ\ell there are two orientations, the two residue-field embeddings. At all remaining primes there is a single local optimal-embedding orbit.

Fix a rational embedding x0x_0 and an initial orientation tuple z0z_0. The orbits with these orientations are indexed by Pic⁡(OKD)\operatorname{Pic}(\mathcal{O}_{K_D}), with representatives az0az_0 for a∈K^D×a\in\widehat{K}_D^\times. The equality

(az0)−1x0(az0)=z0−1x0z0(az_0)^{-1}x_0(az_0)=z_0^{-1}x_0z_0

shows that the Schwartz weight is constant along that orbit. Its remaining relative weight is χh∗(Norm⁡KD/Qa)\chi_{h^*}(\operatorname{Norm}_{K_D/\mathbb{Q}}a), exactly the unramified genus character. The reduction correspondence commutes with this ideal-class action and remembers the cyclic level subgroup [28] §2; a Galois-equivariant description of the lift, class action and reduction is given in [13] §3.2, §§4.6, 4.9–4.10 and Corollary 4.1. We use these correspondences only for their geometry; the weight identity has just been computed, and the multiplicity is computed next.

An embedding stabilizer is OKD×={±1}\mathcal{O}_{K_D}^{\times}=\{\pm1\}. An orbit in RzR_z therefore contains ∣Rz×∣/2|R_z^\times|/2 elements, giving the factor 1/21/2 in (7.8). At pe∥Np^e\parallel N, reversing orientation multiplies its Schwartz factor by αp(−1)=wpeχh∗(p)e\alpha_p(-1)=w_{p^e}\chi_{h^*}(p)^e, and its norm-weighted parametrization value by the same sign. At ℓ\ell both multipliers are −1-1: one is the residue-line calculation and the other is χh∗(ℓ)\chi_{h^*}(\ell) times the Frobenius eigenvalue +1+1. Every one of the 2ω(N)+12^{\omega(N)+1} orientation tuples consequently has the same contribution. The initial tuple has a 22-power unit phase. Combining this count with its factor 1/21/2 gives exactly (42). There is no division by a class number, and none of its rational multipliers grows with ℓ\ell or the number of factors of DD.

Proposition 7.4 (Odd coefficient detection). The forms in Lemma 7.3, after a fixed adjustment of precision, satisfy

v(aM(D))≥min⁡{M,j(PD)−C},v(aM(D))<M⟹j(PD)≤v(aM(D))+C.v(a_M(D))\geq\min\{M,j(P_D)-C\},\qquad v(a_M(D))<M\Longrightarrow j(P_D)\leq v(a_M(D))+C.

A visible coefficient detects a(ED)=1a(E_D)=1, and a fixed positive witness has bounded coefficient valuation as M→∞M\to\infty. All constants are independent of $M,\ell,D. Proof. Gross–Zagier identifies the height of the genus sum with the product derivative [22]. Since L(E(h∗),1)≠0L(E(h_*),1) \ne0, vanishing of the derivative makes PDP_D torsion, and a nontorsion PDP_D is equivalent to a simple zero of E(D)E(D). The genus sum lies in a biquadratic field, so a fixed integer kills all possible torsion: reduce prime-to-residue-characteristic torsion at two fixed good primes of different residue characteristic; the residue degrees are at most four. Include that integer in LL. On the free twist line, divisibility by 2j(PD)2^{j(P_D)} remains divisibility after the integral maps of reduction and λM\lambda_M. Restriction and the two quadratic projections have composite multiplication by 22, so their integral indices have a fixed bound. (42) therefore proves both valuation assertions, with fixed losses only. Lemma 7.2 gives the witness.

Minimum depth and integral coefficient operators

We now pass from detection to normalization. For the even source, the cyclotomic lower bound gives (40) at every nonzero squarefree coefficient. For the odd source, assume for now that every simple-zero parameter satisfies

j(PD)≥w(D)+s(D)/2−C∗.j(P_D) \ge w(D) + s(D)/2 - C_*.

Proposition 9.10 will prove this using only the even construction. Proposition 7.4 then gives

v(aM(D))≥min⁡{M,w(D)+s(D)/2−C′}v(a_M(D)) \ge\min\{M,w(D) + s(D)/2 - C'\}

at simple zeros, where s(D)s(D) is defined. At every other odd-sign parameter the product derivative vanishes and aM(D)=0a_M(D) = 0 modulo 2M2^M. In particular the coarser bound v(aM(D))≥min⁡{M,w(D)−C′}v(a_M(D)) \ge\min\{M,w(D)-C'\} holds at every admissible DD. The remaining coefficient calculus is conditional on these lower bounds; it does not establish them.

For the operator and graph arguments, at each actual odd stage we write SS for the original fixed support together with the primes of h∗h_* and the current reduction prime ℓ\ell. The latter is stationary during that stage and is never an element of a newly adjoined set UU. Thus every statement below about ramification outside S∪US \cup U includes ℓ\ell. This notation does not change the original fixed data controlling the constants, or choose a new minimum when a vertex is omitted.

Lemma 7.5 (Stabilized minimum depth). Assume the uniform arithmetic lower bounds just stated. Each coefficient source defines a binary symbol

A(D)={1,v(a(D))=δ+w(D),0,v(a(D))>δ+w(D) or D is off the filter,(44)A(D) = \begin{cases} 1, & v(a(D)) = \delta+ w(D),\\ 0, & v(a(D)) > \delta+ w(D)\ \text{or}\ D\ \text{is off the filter}, \end{cases} \tag*{(44)}

with a fixed minimum normalized depth δ\delta and at least one bounded-weight witness. For the odd source a=aMa=a_M at an actual stage: the numerical minimum and its divisibility statements stabilize at every fixed finite weight bound. The finite symbol tables on arithmetic labels will be stabilized separately in Section 9.5. At a unit symbol,

v(L∗(χD))≤2w(D)+O(1)orj(PD)≤w(D)+O(1),v(L_*(\chi_D)) \le2w(D) + O(1) \quad\text{or}\quad j(P_D) \le w(D) + O(1),

respectively, and the analytic order is respectively zero or one.

Proof. For the even source normalize a(D0)=1a(D_0)=1; the phase-removed squarefree coefficients are rational by Proposition 7.1. For the odd source, (42) makes every visible squarefree coefficient an integer times a root of unity modulo 2M2^M. Their finite valuations are therefore integers in both cases, not arbitrary elements of a ramified coefficient field’s value group. The fractional part of w(D)w(D) is fixed on the filter, because the parity of the number of simple primes is its fixed quadratic discriminant character. The lower bounds and a nonzero witness therefore give a minimum for the even source.

For the odd source choose a nonprincipal ultrafilter on the increasing precisions. Minimize v(aM(DM))−w(DM)v(a_M(D_M))-w(D_M) over sequences with bounded weight and visible coefficient on an ultrafilter-large set. The uniform lower bound, discrete values, and fixed witness give a finite attained minimum. At each fixed weight cutoff WW, failure of its divisibility on an ultrafilter-large set would allow a choice of a violating DMD_M with w(DM)≤Ww(D_M)\le W, contrary to the minimum. Hence every prescribed finite list of these divisibilities holds at a sufficiently advanced actual stage. If larger weights arise in a coefficient-integrality check, the coarse bound min⁡{M,w(D)−C}\min\{M,w(D)-C\} already pays any fixed normalization once both MM and w(D)w(D) exceed its fixed threshold. This also explains why no infinite-precision modular lift is asserted or needed. The last conclusions follow from the two coefficient comparisons.

Write Up∑c(n)qn=∑c(pn)qnU_p\sum c(n)q^n=\sum c(pn)q^n and Vp∑c(n)qn=∑c(n)qpnV_p\sum c(n)q^n=\sum c(n)q^{pn}. For a squarefree set UU put

BU=2−⌈δ+w(U)⌉∏p∈U(Up−η(p)Vp)g,eU=⌈δ+w(U)⌉−δ−w(U).B_U=2^{-\lceil\delta+w(U)\rceil}\prod_{p\in U}(U_p-\eta(p)V_p)g,\qquad e_U=\lceil\delta+w(U)\rceil-\delta-w(U).

We call UU matching if eU=0e_U=0 and opposite if eU=1/2e_U=1/2. These operators introduce each new prime to level exponent one: VpV_p changes the character by (p/⋅)(p/\cdot) and raises the level by pp, while Up=Up2VpU_p=U_p^2V_p on that raised level. Thus the new character is ψU=ψ∏p∈U(p/⋅)\psi_U=\psi\prod_{p\in U}(p/\cdot).

Lemma 7.6 (Coefficient bounds and unary removal). For the even source let UU be arbitrary. For the odd source, fix an integer R≥1R\ge1 and a weight bound WW; all assertions below are made at a sufficiently advanced actual stage, simultaneously for every UU with w(U)≤Ww(U)\le W and every Fourier index. In these respective settings the coefficients of BUB_U are integral. Write uniquely n=Jrm2n=Jrm^2, with J⊆UJ\subseteq U, rr squarefree, and (r,U)=1(r,U)=1. The coefficient vanishes unless D=(U/J)rD=(U/J)r belongs to the filter, and for the even source otherwise

v(BU[n])≥w(r)+12#{p∈J:p simple}−eU.(45)v(B_U[n])\ge w(r)+\frac{1}{2}\#\{p\in J:p\text{ simple}\}-e_U. \tag*{(45)}

At that stage the odd source satisfies this inequality for every UU with w(U)≤Ww(U)\le W and every nn, with its right side replaced by its minimum with RR. In particular the untruncated bound holds on any prescribed bounded range of squarefree weights, after choosing RR and the stage. For a split p∈Jp\in J the difference factor, after its unit phase and one factor of 2 are removed, has residue

cp(D)=ap(E)−(ψ/η)(p)(−D/p)−12(mod2)c_p(D)=\frac{a_p(E)-(\psi/\eta)(p)(-D/p)-1}{2}\pmod2

at every square shell. For a simple pp this formula holds on the first shell p∤mp\nmid m. Choose i∈{0,1}i\in\{0,1\} such that ηχ−4i\eta\chi_{-4}^{i} is odd, and set

ΘJ=∑m>0(m,S)=1η(m)χ−4(m)imqJm2.\Theta_J=\sum_{\substack{m>0\\(m,S)=1}}\eta(m)\chi_{-4}(m)^i m q^{Jm^2}.

For matching UU the modular form

HU=12(BU−∑J⊆UJ split onlyBU[J]ΘJ)(46)H_U=\frac{1}{2}\left(B_U-\sum_{\substack{J\subseteq U\\J\ \mathrm{split\ only}}}B_U[J]\Theta_J\right) \tag*{(46)}

has integral coefficients, with the same stage and weight restriction in the odd case. For opposite UU put HU=BUH_U=B_U. The new primes in the level of ΘJ\Theta_J have exponent one, and its character is ηχ−4i(−J/⋅)\eta\chi_{-4}^{i}(-J/\cdot).

Proof. After removing the powers of η(p)\eta(p), the square-index multipliers in (7.1) are

b0=1,b1=ap−κ,bs+1=apbs−pbs−1,κ=(ψη)(p)(−Dp).b_0 = 1,\qquad b_1 = a_p-\kappa,\qquad b_{s+1}=a_pb_s-pb_{s-1},\qquad\kappa=\left(\frac{\psi}{\eta}\right)(p)\left(\frac{-D}{p}\right).

If p∣Dp\mid D, then κ=0\kappa=0 and bsb_s alternates between 1 and 0 modulo 2, because apa_p is even. Thus the difference from p∈U/Jp\in U/J is odd. If p∤Dp\nmid D, all bsb_s are odd and the difference from p∈Jp\in J is even. Subtracting the normalization in (7.10) gives exactly

δ+w((U/J)r)+#J−⌈δ+w(U)⌉=w(r)+1+12#{p∈J:p simple}−eU.\delta+w((U/J)r)+\#J-\lceil\delta+w(U)\rceil=w(r)+1+\frac{1}{2}\#\{p\in J:p\text{ simple}\}-e_U.

This is an integer on the allowed filter. Its only potential negative value before imposing parity is −1/2-1/2, so it is nonnegative.

For the odd source this calculation first applies on a fixed bounded range of squarefree weights, with enough precision to pay the fixed normalizing power of 2. To obtain the global truncated assertion, fix RR and a bound WW for w(U)w(U). The normalizing exponents ⌈δ+w(U)⌉\lceil\delta+w(U)\rceil are uniformly bounded. Above a sufficiently large weight threshold, the coarse bound min⁡{M,w(D)−C}\min\{M,w(D)-C\} from Lemma 7.5 pays that normalizing power and at least RR further factors of 2, once MM is large enough. Below the threshold use the stabilized minimum and increase the precision again if needed. The recurrence has integral multipliers, so errors modulo 2M2^M remain divisible by 2M2^M at every square shell before normalization. Thus at the chosen stage the truncated bound holds at every coefficient for every UU with w(U)≤Ww(U)\le W, giving integrality without asserting an unbounded valuation estimate for a fixed finite-precision lift.

For split pp, rationality of E[2]E[2] over Fp\mathbb{F}_p gives ap≡p+1(mod4)a_p\equiv p+1\pmod4. With Δs=bs+1−bs\Delta_s=b_{s+1}-b_s, every Δs\Delta_s is even and Δs+1=apΔs−pΔs−1\Delta_{s+1}=a_p\Delta_s-p\Delta_{s-1}, so Δs+1≡Δs−1(mod4)\Delta_{s+1}\equiv\Delta_{s-1}\pmod4. Direct calculation gives

Δ1−Δ0=ap2−apκ−2ap+2κ+1−p≡0(mod4).\Delta_1-\Delta_0=a_p^2-a_p\kappa-2a_p+2\kappa+1-p\equiv0\pmod4.

Consequently every Δs/2\Delta_s/2 has the residue in (7.12). At a simple prime only Δ0\Delta_0 is used.

In matching parity the right side of (45) can vanish only when r=1r=1 and JJ is split only. The same recurrence, retaining the character phases, gives BU[Jm2]≡BU[J]η(m)(mod2)B_U[Jm^2]\equiv B_U[J]\eta(m)\pmod2. The corresponding coefficient of ΘJ\Theta_J has exactly that residue, and different squarefree JJ have disjoint supports. The numerator in (46) is therefore divisible by the integer 2, not just by the maximal ideal of a ramified character field. The ordinary odd-character unary theta transformation and dilation by JJ give the asserted character and level. For the odd source these calculations use the same sufficiently advanced stage, uniformly for w(U)≤Ww(U)\le W, with precision paying the fixed divisions as in Lemma 7.5. ∎

Trace operators and omission of a whole rational prime

The next step turns changing a Frobenius label into a difference of coefficient tests. Fix a coefficient valuation ring O\mathcal{O}, enlarging its field if needed for the finite eigensystem span below, and write m\mathfrak{m} for its maximal ideal. Divisibility by 2a2^a means divisibility in 2aO2^a\mathcal{O}; reduced traces and expansions mean coefficientwise reduction of Fourier expansions modulo m\mathfrak{m}. These are different operations; no saturation of the integral module below is assumed. The normalized squarefree tests are binary because their phase-removed values are rational 2-adic integers (integer congruences at an odd stage), and every 2-power root of unity reduces to 1.

Multiply the form under consideration by θ=1+2∑m>0qm2\theta=1+2\sum_{m>0}q^{m^2}. This gives a weight-two form with the same reduced expansion. Work in the finite-dimensional sum of its characteristic-zero good Hecke eigensystems, retaining old multiplicity spaces and its diamond transforms. The associated two-dimensional representations are the usual modular Galois representations for cusp forms [14], and the sums of the two defining characters for Eisenstein series. Their commuting trace and determinant operators are denoted by t(u),d(u)t(u),d(u). Arithmetic Frobenius at a good prime qq has trace TqT_q and determinant q⟨q⟩q\langle q\rangle. Let M\mathcal{M} be the O\mathcal{O}-module generated by this weight-two vector and the undivided terms θBU[J]ΘJ\theta B_U[J]\Theta_J, together with all their good-Hecke and diamond translates.

Lemma 7.7 (Integral traces). The module M\mathcal{M} is an integral Fourier lattice preserved by the trace and determinant operators. On the coefficientwise reduced trace orbit of the indicated vector,

d(u)t(v)=t(v),t(u)t(v)=t(uv)+t(uv−1),t(1)=0.d(u)t(v)=t(v), \qquad t(u)t(v)=t(uv)+t(uv^{-1}), \qquad t(1)=0.

Every coefficient test of a finite product of traces can be performed using distinct fresh primes avoiding the tested index. In particular testing t(u1)⋯t(ua)t(u_1)\cdots t(u_a) at nn becomes testing the original reduced coefficient at nq1⋯qanq_1\cdots q_a.

Proof. We first check integrality of the generators. Diamonds act by scalars on BUB_U and on each unary term. For (46), the only apparent denominator is removed by

⟨u⟩HU=ψU(u)HU+12∑JBU[J](ψU(u)−η(u)χ−4(u)i(−J/u))ΘJ;\langle u\rangle H_U=\psi_U(u)H_U+\frac{1}{2}\sum_J B_U[J]\left(\psi_U(u)-\eta(u)\chi_{-4}(u)^i(-J/u)\right)\Theta_J;

the difference of the two characters is zero or twice a unit. The same formula applies after multiplication by theta. Good Hecke operators commute with diamonds, and their coefficient formula preserves integrality. Thus all generators of M\mathcal{M} are integral. Finitely many Fourier coefficients inject the ambient finite-dimensional space into a finite-dimensional coefficient space, so M\mathcal{M} embeds in Or\mathcal{O}^r for some finite rr. It is consequently a finite, closed O\mathcal{O}-module. Continuity and simultaneous Chebotarev approximation on the finitely many eigensystems approximate t(u)t(u) and d(u)d(u) by TqT_q and q⟨q⟩q\langle q\rangle at every prescribed precision. These operators preserve M\mathcal{M}, so their limits do as well. They act by scalars on each good eigensystem and by the identity on its old multiplicity space, which retains the asserted commutation with level operators.

The formula (Tqf)[n]=f[qn]+q(⟨q⟩f)[n/q](T_qf)[n]=f[qn]+q(\langle q\rangle f)[n/q] has no second term when q∤nq\nmid n. Successive distinct fresh primes therefore give the coefficient assertion. On a single character system, determinants reduce to 11 because all characters have 22-power order and the cyclotomic character is odd. On a subtracted vector the displayed diamond formula leaves unary corrections. A fresh trace kills each correction modulo the maximal ideal: the tested index nqnq cannot have its prescribed squarefree part JJ when q∤nJq\nmid nJ. This continues to hold after further fresh tests. Thus d(u)t(v)=t(v)d(u)t(v)=t(v) on the reduced trace orbit. Apply the matrix identity

tr⁡(A)tr⁡(B)=tr⁡(AB)+det⁡(B)tr⁡(AB−1)\operatorname{tr}(A)\operatorname{tr}(B)=\operatorname{tr}(AB)+\det(B)\operatorname{tr}(AB^{-1})

to each characteristic-zero system and use that determinant identity. Finally t(1)=2t(1)=2 before reduction.

Lemma 7.8 (The level-prime inertia identity). For p∈Up\in U, choose inertia τp\tau_p on which the new ramified quadratic character is −1-1, and an arithmetic Frobenius lift φp\varphi_p in the same decomposition group. In characteristic zero,

Up(2)(t(gτpφp)−t(gφp))=d(φp)(t(gτp)−t(g)).(47)U_p^{(2)}\left(t(g\tau_p\varphi_p)-t(g\varphi_p)\right)=d(\varphi_p)\left(t(g\tau_p)-t(g)\right). \tag*{(47)}

Here Up(2)U_p^{(2)} extracts pp-multiples in weight two. The identity commutes with further good traces.

Proof. A constituent old from a level omitting pp has trivial inertia, so both differences are zero, whatever Up(2)U_p^{(2)} does on its old multiplicity space. Every other constituent has conductor exponent one and primitive ramified quadratic determinant. The conductor formula excludes monodromy and identifies it as principal series with one unramified and one ramified character. Local compatibility [8], after converting its geometric Frobenius convention to the arithmetic convention fixed above, identifies its Up(2)U_p^{(2)} eigenvalue with the Frobenius eigenvalue λ\lambda on the unramified line. Write

ρ(τp)=(100−1),ρ(ϕp)=(λ00μ).\rho(\tau_p)=\begin{pmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{pmatrix},\qquad\rho(\phi_p)=\begin{pmatrix}\lambda&0\\0&\mu\end{pmatrix}.

If zz is the lower-right entry of ρ(g)\rho(g), the two trace differences are −2zμ-2z\mu and −2z-2z. Both sides of (47) equal −2zλμ-2z\lambda\mu. The Eisenstein character pair has the same calculation. A unary term is old if p∉Jp\notin J, and has precisely this ramified quadratic character if p∈Jp\in J. This exhausts the constituents.

For the interface below a label is the restriction of a Frobenius element to an elementary 2-extension unramified outside the indicated support. Its coordinates are quadratic characters. When FF is quadratic, choosing one of the two places at a split prime specifies an orientation; changing its ramification bit means multiplying by the image of inertia at that place. Product labels are the restrictions of products of Frobenius elements, so their quadratic coordinates add. Simple primes use rational quadratic labels. Section 8 will realize these labels simultaneously by primes and interpret the independent inertia changes as graph edges.

Proposition 7.9 (Symbol interface). Under the arithmetic lower bounds in Lemma 7.5, the symbols of either coefficient source have the following properties.

  1. For matching UU, the trace on split elements factors through the maximal elementary 2-extension of FF unramified outside S∪US\cup U. For opposite UU, traces factor through the corresponding rational elementary extension. Adding a split vertex qq is read by coefficient 1 of t(Fr⁡q)HUt(\operatorname{Fr}_q)H_U; adding a simple vertex is read on the opposite BUB_U.

  1. Let p∈Up\in U and g=Fr⁡qg=\operatorname{Fr}_q. Changing one oriented ramification bit at pp changes the symbol by

A((U∖{p})∪{q′}),Fr⁡q′∼gϕp,A((U\setminus\{p\})\cup\{q'\}),\qquad\operatorname{Fr}_{q'}\sim g\phi_p,

unless p,qp,q are both simple, in which case the change is zero. The replacement has the product labels at all retained places. Its coefficient system has support S∪(U∖{p})S\cup(U\setminus\{p\}): the entire rational prime pp, including both places above it when it splits in FF, is omitted.

  1. A split vertex with trivial label in the elementary extension for the other vertices has zero symbol.

  1. In matching parity, insertion of two simple primes with equal rational labels on the fixed support and at the existing split vertices preserves the symbol if #E(Fq)/2\#E(\mathbb{F}_q)/2 is odd for that label. Their mutual simple bits and their incidences with other simple vertices do not affect this statement.

These are coefficient identities. Simultaneous realization of their labels by primes is a separate arithmetic construction.

Proof. For an odd source choose the stage in Lemma 7.6 with cutoff R≥2R\ge2; only these fixed divisibilities and finitely many bounded-weight coefficient tests are needed below. Two fresh traces in matching parity, at least one split, add weight at least 3/23/2. The allowed valuation in (45) is an integer, so it is at least 2 before the unary division and the result vanishes after it. In opposite parity any two fresh traces add weight at least 1; subtracting eU=1/2e_U=1/2 and using integral valuation again gives vanishing. The estimates persist under further tests. Hence respectively t(g)t(u)=0t(g)t(u)=0 for split uu, or t(g)t(u)=0t(g)t(u)=0 for every uu. Applying (7.14) to t(gu)t(u)t(gu)t(u) gives t(gu2)=t(g)t(gu^2)=t(g). The quotient by the subgroup generated by squares is elementary abelian, and the Galois systems are unramified off their level. This proves the stated factorization. At coefficient qq the fresh split weight 1 pays exactly the division in HUH_U; the fresh simple weight 1/21/2 pays exactly eUe_U in opposite parity. No unary term survives. This proves the symbol-reading assertion.

For contraction, apply (47) at coefficient 11, so that its left side is a coefficient-pp test. Replace its trace arguments by fresh primes. The first-shell calculation in Lemma 7.67.6 gives, in each of the split–split, split–simple, and simple–split cases,

cp(D′)A(D′),D′=(U/p)q′,Fr⁡q′∼gϕp.c_p(D')A(D'), \qquad D'=(U/p)q', \qquad\operatorname{Fr}_{q'}\sim g\phi_p.

Here the omitted source is exactly BVB_V or HVH_V, with V=U∖{p}V=U\setminus\{p\}, constructed from the same original modular form and the same η,ψ,δ\eta,\psi,\delta; no new minimum or normalization is chosen. To check the integer powers explicitly, put nU=⌈δ+w(U)⌉n_U=\lceil\delta+w(U)\rceil and let mUm_U be 11 in matching parity and 00 otherwise. After fresh tests kill the unary terms, the first shell relative to the omitted-source test has multiplier

21+nV−nU−mU+mVcp(D′).2^{1+n_V-n_U-m_U+m_V}c_p(D').

For split pp the exponent is zero. For simple pp and matching UU it is also zero. For simple pp and opposite UU it is one; this is precisely the simple–simple case. The character change ψU/ψV=(p/⋅)\psi_U/\psi_V=(p/\cdot) is already the Legendre factor in this shell calculation. The phase is a unit and disappears on reduction. Let q0′,q1′q'_0,q'_1 realize gϕp,gτpϕpg\phi_p,g\tau_p\phi_p, respectively, and put Di′=Vqi′D'_i=Vq'_i. Applying inertia changes the Legendre term in (7.12) by a sign, so cp(D1′)=cp(D0′)+1c_p(D'_1)=c_p(D'_0)+1. Although these Frobenius elements may first be specified in the full current elementary extension, their restrictions to the omitted-source extension agree: inertia at either place above pp is killed in that extension. Its original characters are unramified at pp, and its only new character factors come from VV. Thus it is unramified at the whole rational prime pp, giving A(D1′)=A(D0′)A(D'_1)=A(D'_0). If ΔτpA(Uq)\Delta_{\tau_p}A(Uq) denotes the difference of the original tests with Frobenius labels gτpg\tau_p and gg, the reduced local identity is now explicitly

ΔτpA(Uq)=cp(D1′)A(D1′)+cp(D0′)A(D0′)=A(D0′),\Delta_{\tau_p}A(Uq)=c_p(D'_1)A(D'_1)+c_p(D'_0)A(D'_0)=A(D'_0),

which is (7.16). When both vertices are simple the product Frobenius is split and the first-shell valuation has a positive excess; its reduction is zero. The entire-prime assertion follows from the actual support of the omitted-pp coefficient form, rather than from any convention about a chosen orientation. Isolation is the same symbol-reading test with t(1)=0t(1)=0.

For the final assertion first use two copies of a single simple Frobenius trace on matching HUH_U. Put b=BU[1]b=B_U[1], ϵ=χ−4(q)\epsilon=\chi^{-4}(q), and κ=(ψU/η)(q)\kappa=(\psi_U/\eta)(q). Substitution of (7.1) and of the unary character gives the two terms in the coefficient-11 test of Tq2T_q^2, modulo m\mathfrak m:

HU[q2]=bη(q)2(aq−κϵ−qϵi),H_U[q^2]=\frac{b\eta(q)}{2}(a_q-\kappa\epsilon-q\epsilon^i),
q(⟨q⟩HU)[1]=bη(q)2q(κ−ϵi+1).q(\langle q\rangle H_U)[1]=\frac{b\eta(q)}{2}q(\kappa-\epsilon^{i+1}).

Their sum is

bη(q)2(aq+κ(q−ϵ)−qϵi(1+ϵ)).\frac{b\eta(q)}{2}\left(a_q+\kappa(q-\epsilon)-q\epsilon^i(1+\epsilon)\right).

For q≡3(mod4)q\equiv3\pmod4 the parenthesized half has residue aq/2a_q/2; for q≡1(mod4)q\equiv1\pmod4 it has residue aq/2+1a_q/2+1. In both cases it is #E(Fq)/2\#E(\mathbb F_q)/2 modulo 22. Since bb reduces to A(U)A(U), the squared trace has the required coefficient. Fresh-prime testing replaces its two copies by distinct primes. To pass to any pair with the specified labels, vary one prime at a time. After that simple prime is omitted the opposite-parity symbol depends only on rational elementary labels; simple–simple changes vanish by the proved contraction rule. Thus only the stated support and split-vertex labels matter. □\square

Arithmetic graphs and simultaneous addressing

Fix b≥1b \ge1. An address is a point x∈F2bx \in\mathbf{F}_2^b; a vertex with activation λ∈(F2b)∗\lambda\in(\mathbf{F}_2^b)^* is present at xx when λ(x)=1\lambda(x)=1. We will adjoin fresh primes with nonzero activations to a given collection of primes. The goal is to make one or two binary coefficient tests equal to 11 at every x≠0x \ne0, while retaining all the original primes and their residue data. No new prime is present at 00. The hypothesis is that each test, separately at each nonzero address, is a nonzero polynomial in the available residue bits.

The arithmetic identities are those of Proposition 7.9, conditional on its coefficient lower bounds. We first describe and realize their graph data, then state the simultaneous-testing result. Its proof uses contraction operators and two finite networks that isolate a prescribed derivative at one address.

Labels and arithmetic realization

Fix a finite set SS of rational primes, containing 22 and all the ramified primes in the fixed data. Let FF be either Q\mathbf{Q} or a quadratic field. For the rational two-torsion application F=Q(E[2])F=\mathbf{Q}(E[2]); the construction with full rational two-torsion also uses a quadratic auxiliary field in place of FF. Include in SS primes whose prime ideals generate the class group of FF, and include the infinite places in SFS_F. Put

VS(F)={α∈F×/F×2:vp(α)≡0(mod2) for p∉SF}.V_S(F)=\{\alpha\in F^\times/F^{\times2}:v_{\mathfrak p}(\alpha)\equiv0 \pmod2\text{ for }\mathfrak p\notin S_F\}.

This is a finite-dimensional F2\mathbf{F}_2-space: the valuation sequence expresses it as an extension of the finite squareclass group of SFS_F-units by a subgroup of the 22-torsion of the SFS_F-class group. Its Kummer extension is denoted FS(2)=F(VS(F))F_S^{(2)}=F(\sqrt{V_S(F)}).

A split vertex is a rational prime p∉Sp\notin S split in FF, together with a choice p∣p\mathfrak p\mid p if FF is quadratic. This choice is its orientation. Choose a generator πp\pi_{\mathfrak p} with divisor p\mathfrak p outside SFS_F; class-group generation makes this possible. Conjugation supplies the generator for the other orientation, and

NF/Q(πp)=pup,up a signed rational S-unit.(48)N_{F/\mathbf{Q}}(\pi_{\mathfrak p})=pu_p,\qquad u_p\text{ a signed rational }S\text{-unit}. \tag*{(48)}

For F=QF=\mathbf{Q} use the rational generator pp. A simple vertex is an inert rational prime in the quadratic case, with rational generator pp. The fixed label of a split vertex is its Frobenius on FS(2)F_S^{(2)}; simple vertices have rational fixed-support labels. A type may additionally record the generators’ local squareclasses, valuation parities, real signs, and prescribed finite ray conditions at SFS_F. Only compatible, individually realizable types will be prescribed. A filter fixes the total rational labels and sign of the signed-prime product ∏pp∗\prod_p p^*, where p∗=(−1/p)pp^*=(-1/p)p.

For a pair of split vertices in the quadratic case there are two independent forward bits: the residues of πp\pi_{\mathfrak p} and π‾p\overline{\pi}_{\mathfrak p} at the chosen place of the other vertex. Write quadratic residues additively in F2\mathbf{F}_2. Reverse bits are determined by Hilbert reciprocity and the fixed types. Rational norm bits are determined by summing the two oriented bits and the fixed correction in (48). When at least one endpoint is simple, or F=QF=\mathbf{Q}, there is one rational forward bit. Self-residues are never graph data. An arithmetic graph is this collection of vertices, types, and bits. A split vertex is primary when its generator is a square unit at every finite place of SFS_F and positive at all real places. Different symbols may read compatible projections of the same graph, for example its rational norm graph. Here compatibility means that the projection forgets fixed-label coordinates or takes rational norm data, carries primary vertices to primary vertices, and commutes with the omitted-vertex product substitution. For the norm projection a single oriented-bit toggle changes the rational bit once. We use these arithmetic projections throughout.

Lemma 8.1 (Finite realization and product labels). Fix finitely many old vertices, with all their mutual data, and individually realizable new types. Every prescription of the independent forward bits involving at least one new vertex has a realization by distinct fresh primes, avoiding an arbitrary finite set. The old vertices and their mutual data remain unchanged. The same holds with further fixed local tests included in SS. A contracted split cluster may be represented by the product of its oriented generators, with conjugations prescribed along its contraction tree; its support types and external residue bits are the corresponding sums. A cluster containing one simple vertex has the corresponding rational product data.

For a symbol satisfying the omitted-vertex dependence in Proposition 7.9, its value depends only on the graph data. Products in the preceding assertion may therefore be replaced by fresh prime representatives without changing the prescribed contracted symbol.

Proof. First note that the listed generators account for all the relevant radicals. If UU is a finite set of new primes and a squareclass has even valuations outside SF∪UFS_F \cup U_F, divide by the generators at the primes of UFU_F where its valuation is odd. The result belongs to VS(F)V_S(F). At an inert rational prime its rational generator has valuation one at the unique place of FF. Thus fixed-support labels and the displayed residue bits determine every Frobenius test in an extension with this allowed ramification.

We describe the prime selection carefully. For a new split vertex take a template π0\pi_0 of its prescribed type, with prime ideal p0\mathfrak p_0 away from the old vertices. Weak approximation gives a∈F×a \in F^\times which is sufficiently close to 11 at SFS_F, positive at the prescribed real places, and has any prescribed nonzero residues at the old prime ideals. Choose those residues so that aπ0a\pi_0 has the desired quadratic residues there. Use the ray modulus consisting of sufficiently deep powers of the primes of SFS_F, all old prime ideals, and the real places. Choose a prime ideal q\mathfrak q in the ray class of (a)p0(a)\mathfrak p_0. Then

q=(aβ)p0,β≡1(modray modulus),\mathfrak q=(a\beta)\mathfrak p_0,\qquad\beta\equiv1\pmod{\text{ray modulus}},

and πq=aβπ0\pi_{\mathfrak q}=a\beta\pi_0 is the required generator outside SFS_F. There are infinitely many such degree-one prime ideals. Indeed, the prime-ideal theorem in a ray class gives order X/log⁡XX/\log X prime ideals of norm at most XX, whereas prime ideals of residue degree greater than one contribute only O(X1/2)O(X^{1/2}) in a quadratic field. Degree one gives a split rational prime, and finite exclusions remove only finitely many choices.

At an old inert prime with residue field Fp2\mathbf F_{p^2}, prescribe the norm of the nonzero residue. The norm onto Fp×\mathbf F_p^\times is surjective, so either rational residue bit is possible. For a new simple vertex the requirements are rational congruences, together with the inert class in FF. The Chinese remainder theorem and Dirichlet’s theorem supply fresh primes. Successively adjoining vertices proves simultaneous finite realization. At every step reciprocity determines the reverse bits: the local Hilbert symbols at the support are fixed, and the only other contributions are the two endpoint residues. Taking norms gives exactly (48), so it imposes no additional independent bit.

The same argument applies to a product template. Its valuations and local squareclasses at SFS_F are those of the product, and its residues at the remaining vertices multiply. The ray-class construction replaces that template by a degree-one prime with those data. In a simple cluster we instead use rational congruences for the norm labels. No residue at a prime inside the cluster is imposed on its replacement.

In particular this preserves the rational filter, including its norm correction. Write π=∏iπi\pi=\prod_i\pi_i for the oriented product template and π′=aβπ\pi'=a\beta\pi for its fresh representative; aβa\beta is a square unit at SFS_F and positive at its real places. The support valuations of π′\pi' and π\pi agree exactly. Hence

Nπ=(∏iπi)u,Nπ′=quN\pi=\left(\prod_i\pi_i\right)u,\qquad N\pi'=qu

with the same signed rational SS-unit uu: all its valuations and its sign agree. The quotient q/∏ipi=N(αβ)q/\prod_i p_i = N(\alpha\beta) is a local square at the rational support. Its squareclass at 22 also identifies q∗q^* with ∏ipi∗\prod_i p_i^* at those fixed tests. Thus no free choice of an untracked SS-unit has entered a product replacement.

Finally, compare two disjoint realizations with identical graph data. Introduce fresh bridge vertices with matching bits to both realizations, and replace vertices one at a time. At each replacement the omitted-vertex elementary Frobenius tests agree, by the generator description in the first paragraph. The symbol interface gives equal values. A preliminary bridge removes any overlap between the original realizations. The same reasoning applies to the product replacements.

Primary types are realized by the preceding construction, starting with the principal ray class. Reciprocity makes their fixed radical labels trivial. Their signed rational contributions are squares at the fixed rational tests. If stationary vertices are also to have neutral incidences with an auxiliary, include their primes among these local tests. In particular, including the support of a fixed quadratic discriminant kk ensures that every such primary auxiliary splits in Q(k)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}).

The simultaneous-testing statement

Separate the given vertices into terminals and, if present, stationary external vertices. Terminals may be always present or may have nonzero linear activations; external vertices have fixed types and incidences throughout. At each nonzero address the symbol is a function of the independent bits between the active terminals, with those types and external data fixed. We call its unique multilinear polynomial over F2\mathbb{F}_2 the terminal polynomial. Its variables describe formal changes of the terminal bits, while the prescribed prime realization supplies a fixed evaluation point.

For a bit zz define the finite difference Δzf=f∣z=0+f∣z=1\Delta_z f = f|_{z=0} + f|_{z=1}. On a multilinear polynomial it is the formal partial derivative. In particular, differences commute and Δz2=0\Delta_z^2=0.

Definition 8.2 (Witnesses and permitted partitions). A witness is a finite graph on which the symbol is 1. A graph is partitionable for the symbol if its vertices can be partitioned into nonempty clusters, each with at most one simple vertex, with a choice of oriented contraction trees whose contracted graph is a witness. This definition includes a specified contraction certificate; it makes no assertion about a Selmer group.

Theorem 8.3 (Address lemma). Suppose the binary symbols under consideration depend only on the arithmetic graph data and satisfy the contraction, whole-rational-prime omission, and primary-isolation rules of Proposition 7.9, with the realization freedoms of Lemma 8.1. Contraction includes the product labels and external incidences, and the zero rule for two simple vertices. These identities are required only on nonempty configurations and for contractions with nonempty output. Fix b≥1b \ge1 and either of the following terminal arrangements.

  1. One symbol, a nonempty set of always active terminals, and a nonzero polynomial in their independent pair bits.

  1. One or two symbols on terminals with nonzero linear activations, including at least one terminal for every nonzero linear form. At each x≠0x \ne0 each symbol separately is a nonzero polynomial in the active terminal bits. The symbols may read different compatible projections of a common graph alphabet and may have fixed stationary external data.

Suppose also that at each nonzero address the total active terminal data, together with any stationary external data, obey the required filter. Starting from any fixed realization of the terminal and stationary vertices, one can adjoin finitely many fresh primary auxiliary vertices, activated by nonzero linear forms, and choose only incidences involving these new vertices so that every symbol equals 1 at every x≠0x \ne0. All data on the original vertices remain unchanged. No auxiliary is present at 0. All auxiliaries may satisfy the fixed splitting and neutral external-incidence conditions incorporated into the primary type.

It is enough that a terminal polynomial have a nonzero evaluation or a nonzero iterated edge difference. In particular a partitionability certificate suffices for the stationary hypothesis.

The proof has two algebraic steps. Forests of auxiliary vertices act as finite-difference operators on the original terminal polynomial. We then build networks whose degree-one terms select a chosen derivative at a single address. Applying them to top-degree coefficients will give the simultaneous value 1, independently of the fixed terminal bits.

From arithmetic contraction to forest operators

Lemma 8.4 (Oriented forests). Assume the graph-symbol rules stated in Theorem 8.3. Differentiation in a tree of graph bits contracts the tree, adding product labels and external incidences; its value is zero if the tree contains two simple vertices. Differentiation in any collection of edge variables containing a cycle is zero, even when different edges use incompatible relative orientations. Two different oriented variables on the same pair count as a cycle of length two.

Proof. The one-edge assertion is precisely the arithmetic contraction rule, with product replacements justified by Lemma 8.1. Induction proves the tree assertion: a split–split merger is split, a split–simple merger is simple, and the first merger of two components containing simple vertices has zero derivative. Along a tree there is a unique choice of relative orientations once one root orientation is fixed. Its product template depends on support types and external bits, not on the internal bits being differentiated.

For clarity, consider first the two variables on a split pair p,qp,q. Differentiation in the inertia bit at one place over pp gives the symbol formed with the entire rational prime pp omitted. Its elementary extension is unramified at both places over pp. Differentiating in the other oriented bit is therefore zero. Repetition of the same variable is zero by Δz2=0\Delta_z^2 = 0. This argument would not follow from omission of only one oriented prime ideal.

For a longer cycle, first contract a spanning path. By the product-label rule the closing variable has become internal to the merged cluster. Its change affects neither the product’s support data nor any incidence to a remaining vertex. Equivalently it is an inertia change at an omitted endpoint, covered by the preceding unramifiedness argument. Thus its derivative vanishes. Possible conjugation of the product generator only changes the induced orientation and does not reintroduce that endpoint. Since there is no self-residue among the inputs to the replacement symbol, there is no extra closing-edge datum to retain. Additional derivatives commute with this zero derivative.

For example, contract the aligned edge 12 in a triangle. With π12=π1π2\pi_{12} = \pi_1\pi_2, the two bits toward vertex 3 are t0=z130+z230t_0 = z_{13}^0 + z_{23}^0 and t1=z131+z231t_1 = z_{13}^1 + z_{23}^1, up to fixed type corrections. An aligned edge 23 then differentiates t0t_0; a conjugately aligned closing edge 31 differentiates t1t_1. Their mixed derivative is the omitted-endpoint zero just proved. If the closing edge is aligned instead, both become the same difference and its square is zero. Contracting a longer spanning path reduces to exactly these two alternatives.

Fix a realizable baseline terminal graph and let PP be its terminal polynomial. A network consists of additional primary vertices and programmed edges, with no direct terminal–terminal edges. All unprogrammed incidences of its primary vertices are neutral. Within one network choose one orientation at each terminal and consistently use the corresponding edge alignment. Networks may choose different alignments. The degree of a contraction is the number of terminal vertices it removes by merging them.

Lemma 8.5 (Network expansion and its first two degrees). A network acts on PP by a sum of finite-difference operators. A surviving term is a forest in which every component containing a primary vertex meets a terminal. A component meeting tt terminals acts by a contraction of degree t−1t-1; a component containing two simple terminals is zero. Networks on disjoint sets of internal vertices, with no edges between those sets, multiply as operators on the same terminal polynomial. Consequently an operator of degree greater than deg⁡P\deg P annihilates PP.

Let QQ be the grounded Laplacian on the internal vertices: QijQ_{ij} for i≠ji \ne j records the internal edge ijij, while QiiQ_{ii} is the total incidence at ii, including its terminal edges. Let (ca)i(c_a)_i record the incidence from internal vertex ii to terminal aa. All entries are in F2\mathbb{F}_2. The constant and pair-contraction coefficients of the operator are respectively

det⁡Q,catadj⁡(Q)cb(a≠b).(49)\det Q,\qquad c_a^{\mathsf{t}}\operatorname{adj}(Q)c_b \qquad(a \ne b). \tag*{(49)}

The second coefficient multiplies the terminal difference in the alignment selected by the network. A prohibited pair multiplies the zero operator.

Proof. Expand the evaluation at the programmed incidences from the graph with all primary incidences zero. For a set E0E_0 of programmed bits this is the elementary identity

f(1)=∑T⊆E0(ΔTf)(0).f(1)=\sum_{T\subseteq E_0}(\Delta_Tf)(0).

Lemma 8.4 kills cyclic TT. A tree component meeting no terminal contracts to an isolated primary vertex, and the isolation rule kills it. This includes an untouched primary vertex. In any remaining component all primary labels are trivial and all external primary bits at the expansion baseline are zero. Its contracted label and its incidences are exactly those obtained by contracting its terminal vertices in the original graph. Choose any terminal tree inducing its relative orientations; the corresponding terminal differences therefore give the same value. Its degree is the number of lost terminal vertices, namely t−1t-1. This establishes the operator interpretation, rather than merely a count of possible contraction degrees.

Expanding two disjoint networks at once gives the composition of these operators: the product-label rule gives the same final labels in either order, and any cycles created between networks vanish by Lemma 8.4. Ordinary polynomial differentiation now proves the asserted degree bound.

This argument also explains the compatible projections. Taking norms commutes with every oriented product in a forest; primary factors have neutral norm corrections, and each programmed oriented toggle projects to its one rational toggle. Thus the projected forest acts by the corresponding differences on the projected original terminal polynomial at every degree. If projected differences repeat an edge or merge two simple clusters, that term is zero. Forgetting fixed-label coordinates plainly commutes with the same products. Each projected network therefore acts on the original projected terminal polynomial.

The determinant counts are instances of the all-minors matrix-tree theorem [11] §1. We give the Cauchy–Binet proof in the form needed here, including singular QQ. Let II be the internal vertex set and AA the terminal set. Write the full Laplacian as L=DDtL=D D^{\mathsf{t}}, where a column of the incidence matrix DD has ones at its edge’s endpoints. Cauchy–Binet applied to LI,I=QL_{I,I}=Q counts edge sets whose incidence matrix with the terminal rows deleted is invertible. Such an edge set is a forest with exactly one terminal in each component: a cycle gives dependent columns; a component with no deleted row gives dependent rows; and for a tree with one row deleted, leaf removal proves invertibility. These are exactly the degree-zero terms.

For the pair coefficient apply Cauchy–Binet with row set I∪{a}I \cup\{a\} and column set I∪{b}I \cup\{b\}. Each counted forest has one root from A∖{a}A \setminus\{a\} and one from A∖{b}A \setminus\{b\} in each component. This requires that a,ba,b lie together and that every other terminal lie in its own component. The corresponding Laplacian minor is

det⁡(Qcbcat0)=catadj⁡(Q)cb.\det\begin{pmatrix} Q & c_b \\ c_a^{\mathsf{t}} & 0 \end{pmatrix} = c_a^{\mathsf{t}} \operatorname{adj}(Q)c_b.

The corner is zero because the network has no direct terminal edge; signs disappear in characteristic two. The determinant identity uses the adjugate and so remains valid when QQ is singular.

Two networks which select one address

Fix a nonzero target x∗x_* and a terminal bit zz joining two terminals a0,a1a_0,a_1 active at x∗x_*. In the moving case assume that some terminal has each nonzero activation form; in the stationary case all terminals are always present.

Choose a basis λ1,…,λb\lambda_1,\ldots,\lambda_b of the dual space with λi(x∗)=1\lambda_i(x_*)=1 for every ii. To obtain it, choose λ1(x∗)=1\lambda_1(x_*)=1 and replace a basis μ2,…,μb\mu_2,\ldots,\mu_b of the annihilator of x∗x_* by λ1+μ2,…,λ1+μb\lambda_1+\mu_2,\ldots,\lambda_1+\mu_b. Make bb groups of three primary vertices, group ii activated by λi\lambda_i. Since these forms are a basis, all groups are present exactly at x∗x_*. At every other address at least one group is absent. In each physical three-dimensional vertex space choose a basis (ei,ui,vi)(e_i,u_i,v_i) with ei=(1,1,1)e_i=(1,1,1). Thus the physical coordinate change is block diagonal by groups.

Prescribe a symmetric bilinear form QQ by making the eie_i orthonormal and orthogonal to all uj,vju_j,v_j, and putting on the remaining coordinates

H(T,B)=(0TTtB).(50)H(T,B)=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & T \\ T^{\mathsf{t}} & B \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(50)}

Matrix entries in the physical coordinates are denoted by the same letter QQ. For a subset JJ of active groups, QJQ_J means its physical principal restriction. Define the column hi=Qeih_i=Qe_i. It is supported on group ii: in adapted coordinates it is the covector dual to eie_i, and the coordinate change does not mix groups. Its value is independent of TT and BB.

Attach hih_i to an anchor terminal with activation λi\lambda_i. In the stationary case attach it to any fixed terminal instead. The support property gives, on every address,

∑i∈Jhi∣J=QJ1J.\sum_{i\in J} h_i|_J=Q_J1_J.

Program internal edges using the off-diagonal physical entries of QQ. A matrix is their grounded Laplacian precisely when the sum of the terminal incidence columns is its row-sum vector, so these anchor columns give exactly QJQ_J, including its diagonal.

We shall also attach the same additional column cc to a0a_0 and a1a_1. In the moving case with distinct activation forms α,β\alpha,\beta, attach cc also to a terminal of activation α+β\alpha+\beta; this terminal is inactive at x∗x_*. If α=β\alpha=\beta, no third column is needed. The sum of the additional active columns is zero at every address, since α+β+(α+β)=0\alpha+\beta+(\alpha+\beta)=0. In the stationary case the two columns cancel directly. Coincident terminal roles mean addition of their columns. This preserves the prescribed grounded matrix after every restriction.

For a concrete instance, take b=1b=1, target x∗=1x_*=1, and two always-active split terminals a0,a1a_0,a_1 with selected bit zz. Label the three primary vertices 1,2,31,2,3, all activated by xx. Choose e=(1,1,1)te=(1,1,1)^{\mathsf{t}}, u=(1,0,0)tu=(1,0,0)^{\mathsf{t}}, v=(0,1,0)tv=(0,1,0)^{\mathsf{t}}, and T=(0)T=(0), B=(1)B=(1). The form in this adapted basis is diag⁡(1,0,1)\operatorname{diag}(1,0,1). In physical coordinates h=Qe=(0,0,1)th=Qe=(0,0,1)^{\mathsf{t}} and the covector dual to uu is c=(1,0,1)tc=(1,0,1)^{\mathsf{t}}. Using a0a_0 as the anchor gives

Q=(000011010),ca0=h+c=(100),ca1=c=(101).Q=\begin{pmatrix}0&0&0\\0&1&1\\0&1&0\end{pmatrix},\qquad c_{a_0}=h+c=\begin{pmatrix}1\\0\\0\end{pmatrix},\qquad c_{a_1}=c=\begin{pmatrix}1\\0\\1\end{pmatrix}.

Thus the programmed graph is the path a0a_0–1–a1a_1–3–2. Here det⁡Q=0\det Q=0 and adj⁡(Q)=uut\operatorname{adj}(Q)=uu^{\mathsf{t}}, so ca0tadj⁡(Q)ca1=1c_{a_0}^{\mathsf{t}}\operatorname{adj}(Q)c_{a_1}=1. There are only two terminals, so no higher contraction degree occurs: the network acts exactly by Δz\Delta_z at 1. At 0 all three primary vertices are absent, and the network acts by the identity.

Write O≥dO_{\ge d} for a sum of contraction operators of degrees at least dd; it is a filtration notation, not an estimate.

Lemma 8.6 (The two address programs). With the preceding grounding convention one has the following programs for every b≥1b\ge1.

  1. A network SS with

Sx∗=Δz+O≥2,Sx=1+O≥1(x≠x∗).S_{x_*}=\Delta_z+O_{\ge2},\qquad S_x=1+O_{\ge1}\quad(x\ne x_*).
  1. Two networks on the same activated sites, indexed by ε∈F2\varepsilon\in\mathbb{F}_2, with

Nx(ε)=1+O≥1,Nx(1)+Nx(0)={Δz+O≥2,x=x∗,O≥2,x≠x∗.\mathcal{N}^{(\varepsilon)}_x=1+O_{\ge1},\qquad\mathcal{N}^{(1)}_x+\mathcal{N}^{(0)}_x= \begin{cases} \Delta_z+O_{\ge2},&x=x_*,\\ O_{\ge2},&x\ne x_*. \end{cases}

All nonzero-activation sites are absent at 0. Unspecified incidences, including those to stationary external vertices, may remain neutral.

Proof. For the first program take T=I+PT=I+P, where PP is the cyclic permutation matrix on bb coordinates, and BB diagonal with exactly one nonzero entry. A proper principal group restriction of PP is a union of directed paths, hence nilpotent. Thus TJT_J is invertible for every proper JJ, and so is H(TJ,BJ)H(T_J,B_J): its kernel equations first give v=0v=0 and then u=0u=0. This includes the empty restriction, whose determinant is 1.

On the full group set, both ker⁡T\ker T and ker⁡Tt\ker T^{\mathsf{t}} are spanned by the all-one vector. A radical vector of HH has v=t1v=t\mathbf{1}; summing the equation Ttu+Bv=0T^{\mathsf{t}}u+Bv=0 gives t=0t=0 because 1tB1=1\mathbf{1}^{\mathsf{t}}B\mathbf{1}=1. Thus the full QQ has one-dimensional radical spanned by r=∑iuir=\sum_i u_i. In characteristic two its adjugate is rrtrr^{\mathsf{t}}. Indeed a rank-n−1n-1 matrix has a nonzero rank-one adjugate with image its kernel; symmetry identifies the two factors, and the only nonzero scalar is 1. Choose cc to be the covector dual to u1u_1, so ctr=1c^{\mathsf{t}}r=1. All anchors pair to zero with rr. At x∗x_* the only columns pairing nontrivially with rr are consequently those of a0,a1a_0,a_1. Formula (49) gives zero constant and exactly Δz\Delta_z in degree one. At every other address the group subset is proper and the constant is 1. When b=1b=1, I+P=0I+P=0 and B=(1)B=(1), so the same radical calculation applies without an exception.

For the second program let T=I+LT=I+L, where LL is the consecutive lower shift, and take Bε=εEbbB_\varepsilon=\varepsilon E_{bb}. Every group restriction of TT is invertible, and block multiplication gives

H(T,B)−1=(T−tBT−1T−tT−10).(51)H(T,B)^{-1}= \begin{pmatrix} T^{-\mathsf{t}}BT^{-1}&T^{-\mathsf{t}}\\ T^{-1}&0 \end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(51)}

Again take cc dual to u1u_1. On a group subset JJ, the change of ctQJ−1cc^{\mathsf{t}}Q_J^{-1}c is

((TJ−1)b1)2,\left((T_J^{-1})_{b1}\right)^2,

interpreted as zero if 1 or bb is absent. Since (I+LJ)−1=I+LJ+LJ2+⋯(I+L_J)^{-1}=I+L_J+L_J^2+\cdots, that entry is 1 precisely when the entire path 1,2,…,b1,2,\ldots,b is present. This is exactly the target address. Pairings involving an anchor do not change: QJ−1hi=eiQ_J^{-1}h_i=e_i, and the vectors ei,hi,ce_i,h_i,c do not depend on ε\varepsilon. At the target the balancing terminal is absent, so the only changed pair coefficient is the one for a0,a1a_0,a_1. Every constant is 1. Lemma 8.5 proves the claims, including b=1b=1, when the path consists of its single vertex.

Proof of the address lemma

Proof of Theorem 8.3. Use the prescribed realization of the terminal and stationary vertices as a common baseline for all terminal bits. Regard their toggles as common variables, omitting variables invisible to a given symbol. A nonzero iterated difference implies that the polynomial is nonzero. Conversely, the unique multilinear polynomial of a nonzero function has a top monomial with nonzero coefficient. These observations also explain the last assertion using Lemma 8.4. Every nonzero address has an active terminal, and contractions never remove the last vertex. Thus only nonempty configurations are used.

First consider one symbol. At each x≠0x\ne0 let PxP_x have degree dxd_x and choose a monomial with coefficient 1 in its top homogeneous part. For each variable of this monomial add a separate singular program SS targeted at xx. Give all these networks disjoint internal vertices. At address xx, its own dxd_x networks each have zero constant, so every surviving term spends at least dxd_x contraction degrees. An extra degree from any network kills PxP_x. Thus only the designated degree-one contractions of its own networks and the constant terms of all other networks survive. Their value is the chosen top coefficient, namely 1. A nonzero constant polynomial needs no network and already has value 1. This argument applies equally to always active terminals, since Lemma 8.6 supplies their stationary anchors.

For two symbols write their polynomials at address x≠0x\ne0 as Px,RxP_x,R_x, of degrees dx,exd_x,e_x, and let Pxtop,RxtopP_x^{\mathrm{top}},R_x^{\mathrm{top}} be their top homogeneous parts. Multiply these parts in the ordinary polynomial ring F2[z1,…,zm]\mathbb{F}_2[z_1,\ldots,z_m], before imposing any Boolean relations. That ring is an integral domain, so choose a coefficient equal to 1 at a monomial

Mx=∏zzνxz,νxz∈{0,1,2},∑zνxz=dx+ex.M_x=\prod_z z^{\nu_{xz}},\qquad\nu_{xz}\in\{0,1,2\},\qquad\sum_z\nu_{xz}=d_x+e_x.

For νxz=2\nu_{xz}=2 add one singular program for zz targeted at xx. For νxz=1\nu_{xz}=1 add one nonsingular program for zz targeted at xx, with its own choice εxz∈F2\varepsilon_{xz}\in\mathbb{F}_2. All internal vertices of different programs are disjoint. Let

Φ(ε)=∏x≠0(final evaluation of Px)(final evaluation of Rx).\Phi(\varepsilon)=\prod_{x\ne0}(\text{final evaluation of }P_x)(\text{final evaluation of }R_x).

We prove that the sum of Φ\Phi over all choices of ε\varepsilon is 1. This proves that some single choice has all the required evaluations equal to 1.

Expand every program in contraction degree using Lemma 8.5. A singular program targeted at xx has zero constant in both factors there, so it costs at least one degree in PxP_x and one in RxR_x. A nonsingular program has constant 1 independent of its choice. In the sum over that choice, a term using only its constants in all factors cancels. Every remaining term must therefore spend at least one degree somewhere for this program. The sum of these minimum costs is exactly

D=∑x≠0(dx+ex).(52)D=\sum_{x\ne0}(d_x+e_x). \tag*{(52)}

by (8.5). A nonzero term cannot exceed this total: if it did, some factor would receive more differences than its degree. Hence every surviving term uses every minimum cost exactly. It follows that a singular program spends exactly one degree in each factor at its target and zero elsewhere. Its degree-one term there is precisely Δz\Delta_z. Each nonsingular program spends exactly one degree in exactly one factor. After summing its choice, that degree-one contribution is zero away from its target, and is Δz\Delta_z at its target. All other occurrences of these programs contribute their common constant 1. Thus no unknown higher forest coefficient enters the surviving calculation.

At a fixed address, let Z2Z_2 be the variables with exponent two and Z1Z_1 those with exponent one. The local allocation sum is

∑J⊆Z1[zZ2zJ]Pxtop[zZ2zZ1∖J]Rxtop=[Mx](PxtopRxtop)=1.\sum_{J\subseteq Z_1}[z_{Z_2}z_J]P_x^{\mathrm{top}}[z_{Z_2}z_{Z_1\setminus J}]R_x^{\mathrm{top}}=[M_x](P_x^{\mathrm{top}}R_x^{\mathrm{top}})=1.

Coefficients of the wrong degree in this display are zero. Every factor must in fact receive its full degree, since the total is DD and none can exceed its own degree. Therefore its final derivative is exactly the displayed top coefficient, independent of the chosen baseline values. Allocations at different addresses are independent, so their product is 1, as asserted. This also covers a constant factor, whose degree is zero. For example, when both top forms are zz, their ordinary product is z2z^2 and the singular program differentiates each factor once; Boolean reduction would lose this allocation.

In the two-symbol case, choose the program parameters for which Φ=1\Phi=1. In either case, apply Lemma 8.1 to adjoin the resulting finite networks to the fixed original vertices. Only new vertices and incidences involving them have been prescribed. The primary types preserve the filters. All activations are nonzero linear forms, so no new vertex appears at 0, and the stipulated neutral and splitting conditions persist.

The theorem is finite for each bb; it does not assert a single infinite array of primes. For a stabilized symbol, first choose bb, its finite terminal data, and all the networks above. Their total weight and the list of coefficient tests are then finite. A sufficiently advanced stage at which the symbol interface holds for that weight range realizes the construction. Required precision and the number of auxiliaries may grow with bb. The arithmetic valuation constant attached to a unit symbol must still be supplied by the coefficient construction independently of bb; no determinant or forest count in this section proves that uniformity.

Assembly at a fixed curve

Fix E/QE/\mathbb{Q} with nonzero rational two-torsion. The even construction has two uses: it proves the corank-zero case and supplies the uniform estimate needed to normalize the odd coefficients. After that normalization, the corank-one argument fixes a nonvanishing companion and constructs the two simultaneous coefficient tests required for ring-class transfer.

Interfaces and conventions

We use the fixed-support conventions of Section 2. Thus all variable prime factors are odd primes of good reduction, p∗=(−1/p)pp^*=(-1/p)p, and a filter fixes the real sign and unit squareclasses at a finite support containing 2N2N, with finitely many further exclusions. Recall

tp=dim⁡F2E[2]Fr⁡p,w(h)=12∑p∣htp.t_p=\dim_{\mathbb{F}_2}E[2]^{\operatorname{Fr}_p},\qquad w(h)=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{p\mid h}t_p.

Whenever the two-primary group is finite, we write

s(h)=log⁡2∣Sha⁡(E(h)/Q)[2∞]∣.s(h)=\log_2\left|\operatorname{Sha}(E^{(h)}/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty]\right|.

This includes a base of Selmer corank zero and every parameter of analytic order zero or one. It is distinct from s2(E(h))s_2(E^{(h)}), the Selmer corank. The normalized central value is denoted L∗(h)L_*(h), and v=v2v=v_2 with v(2)=1v(2)=1.

Here are the preceding results in the form used below. Their roles are different: coefficient units give upper bounds, interpolation returns those bounds to an unknown base, and the ring-class lower bound makes the odd normalization possible. The latter step is carried out in Proposition 9.10.

Proposition 9.1 (Collected interfaces). The following statements hold for the fixed curve and fixed local data.

  1. The cyclotomic missing-vertex statement of Theorem 3.2 applies to any fixed base h0h_0 of Selmer corank zero. If arbitrarily large binary cubes based at h0h_0, with no old prime removed, have nonzero central values at every other address and satisfy

v(L∗(hx))−2w(hx)−s(hx)≤B(x≠0),v(L_*(h_x))-2w(h_x)-s(h_x)\le B \qquad(x\ne0),

then the base central value is nonzero and satisfies the same inequality with BB replaced by B+CB+C. The constant CC depends only on the fixed curve and local data, not on h0h_0, its number of prime factors, or the cube dimension. The dimension required for the argument may depend on the base. The cyclotomic lower bound at an analytically nonvanishing parameter is also available.

  1. Corollary 4.1 has the following uniform form. If k<0k<0 is an odd fundamental discriminant with at most AA prime factors, K=Q(k)K=\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}) is neither an extra-unit field nor the CM field, kk is a square at 2Nh2Nh, and the twists hh, hkh_k have respective analytic orders one and zero, then their ring-class Heegner sum has free-line index jh(k)j_h(k) satisfying

2jh(k)≥4w(h)+s(h)+s(hk)−CE,A.(53)2j_h(k)\ge4w(h)+s(h)+s(h_k)-C_{E,A}. \tag*{(53)}

For a fixed such kk, Theorem 4.2 applies to cubes based at h=1h=1 whose new primes all split in KK. If s2(E/K)=1s_2(E/K)=1 and the nonzero addresses have product analytic order one and uniformly bounded 2jh(k)−4w(h)−s(h)−s(hk)2j_h(k)-4w(h)-s(h)-s(h_k), the base product has analytic order one.

  1. The even coefficient system, exact same-filter square comparison, divided operators, and trace identities of Proposition 7.1 and Lemmas 7.6, 7.7, and 7.8 are available. After a uniform lower bound for the relevant point indices has been proved, the moving odd coefficient system and its stabilized minimum are available as in Proposition 7.4 and Lemma 7.5. The resulting unit symbols satisfy the contraction, good-twin, and primary-isolation rules of Proposition 7.9. An even unit gives

L∗(h)≠0,v(L∗(h))≤2w(h)+C;L_*(h)\ne0,\qquad v(L_*(h))\le2w(h)+C;

an odd unit gives analytic order one and

j(Ph)≤w(h)+C.j(P_h)\le w(h)+C.

The constants are independent of the number and sizes of the variable primes. The fixed genus partner used to define PhP_h is denoted h∗.h_*.

  1. Arithmetic realization and the forest and address statements of Lemmas 8.1 and 8.4 and Theorem 8.3 hold. In particular, separate nonzero terminal polynomials may be addressed simultaneously. Primary auxiliaries preserve all fixed local classes, have neutral incidence to specified stationary external vertices, and may be required to split in any compatible fixed fields. They contribute no prime at address zero.

Proof. These are the cited results, with the arithmetic ring-class hypotheses verified by Proposition 5.15. The even coefficient minimum uses the cyclotomic lower bound; the odd detector of Proposition 7.4 still needs the arithmetic lower bound for Lemma 7.5. Neither interpolation statement nor the even symbol uses that odd normalization.

The analytic witnesses and the rough completion used below are supplied by Propositions 6.1 and 6.2; the latter has an absolute prime-count bound. The bounds in Proposition 9.1, unlike the eventual sizes of the primes chosen by nonvanishing or Chebotarev, must be uniform in the parameters indicated there.

Lemma 9.2 (Isogeny orientation and coranks). Recall that a rational isogeny preserves analytic rank, Mordell–Weil rank, and 2∞2^\infty-Selmer corank. If kk is a quadratic discriminant and K=Q(k)K = \mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}), then

s2(E/K)=s2(E/Q)+s2(E(k)/Q).(54)s_2(E/K) = s_2(E/\mathbb{Q}) + s_2(E^{(k)}/\mathbb{Q}). \tag*{(54)}

For every E/QE/\mathbb{Q} one has, separately,

s2(E)=r(E)+corank⁡Z2Sha⁡(E/Q)[2∞].(55)s_2(E) = r(E) + \operatorname{corank}_{\mathbb{Z}_2} \operatorname{Sha}(E/\mathbb{Q})[2^\infty]. \tag*{(55)}

Proof. These are Lemmas 2.2 and 2.1. In particular, the quadratic identity is an identity of coranks, not an integral direct-sum decomposition.

If the isogeny class contains a curve with full rational two-torsion, we use that curve. Otherwise choose a rational two-isogeny E→E′E \to E' and write F=Q(E[2])F = \mathbb{Q}(E[2]), F′=Q(E′[2])F' = \mathbb{Q}(E'[2]); both fields are quadratic. A prime split in FF is called split, and one inert in FF is called simple. Their weights are respectively 11 and 1/21/2. A simple prime is good if it is also inert in F′F'. At such a prime

#E(Fp)≡2(mod4).(56)\#E(\mathbb{F}_p) \equiv2 \pmod{4}. \tag*{(56)}

Indeed there is exactly one nonzero rational two-torsion point in the reduction. If the group order were divisible by four, its two-primary subgroup would contain a rational point of order four. Its image under the two-isogeny would supply on E′E' a rational two-torsion point different from the dual kernel, contradicting inertness in F′F'. Thus the good-twin rule applies. When F=F′F = F', every simple prime is good. A prime split in FF and inert in F′F' is a donor: attaching its label to a bad simple label makes that label good. This terminology describes finite label operations; the required prime supplies will be constructed below.

Seeds and finite supplies

The word “label” below means an individually realizable fixed-support elementary Frobenius label, with orientations when required. It does not include a self-residue of a prime generator. All contractions and comparisons are those of Proposition 7.9 and Lemma 8.4.

Lemma 9.3 (Minimum seeds).

  1. In an all-split alphabet, suppose a unit symbol has a nonempty witness. At the least positive vertex count rr of such a witness, all mutual edge bits are immaterial. The symbol is determined by the individual fixed-support labels. This remains true if the empty configuration is a unit, provided no contraction to the empty configuration is used.

  1. In the quadratic case, suppose the symbol has a nonzero witness, the alphabet is closed under the allowed contractions, and it contains the good twin operations. There are r≥0r \ge0 and s1≥1s_1 \ge1 such that for every s≥s1s \ge s_1 of the permitted simple parity, the minimum split count of a unit with ss simple vertices is rr. At these counts all edge bits are immaterial. A chosen minimum seed may be padded by arbitrarily many good twin pairs.

Proof. For the first assertion, a derivative in an edge of an rr-vertex graph is a symbol on r−1r-1 vertices. If r≥2r \ge2, this graph remains nonempty and has value zero by minimality. If r=1r = 1, there is no edge. The omitted-vertex description then leaves exactly the fixed-support labels.

For the second assertion let r(s)r(s) be the minimum split count at simple count ss, with value +∞+\infty when no witness exists. Once a finite value occurs, good-twin insertion gives r(s+2)≤r(s)r(s+2) \le r(s). A nonincreasing sequence of nonnegative integers stabilizes. Choose s1≥1s_1 \ge1 in that range. A derivative of an edge with a split endpoint reduces the split count and preserves the simple count; it is therefore zero at the minimum. A simple–simple derivative is zero by the symbol rule. Twin insertion gives the last assertion.

Call a list partitionable if some permitted contraction forest has a unit symbol as its output. A contraction certificate proves that its terminal polynomial is nonzero: the indicated iterated finite difference is nonzero.

Lemma 9.4 (Finite label reserves). Fix a minimum seed and a finite label alphabet.

  1. In the all-split rational alphabet, a list with the same total label as the seed and sufficiently many copies of its labels is partitionable.

  1. In the quadratic alphabet, retain rr split anchors with the seed labels, and suppose the list and seed have the same total rational label on the projection used by the symbol. Suppose there are sufficiently many simple vertices of the required parity and sufficiently many split reserves of each realizable rational shift. If F≠F′F \ne F', also suppose

Δ=#{p:p split in F and inert in F′}−#{p:p inert in F and split in F′}>C0.(57)\Delta= \#\{p : p\text{ split in }F\text{ and inert in }F'\} - \#\{p : p\text{ inert in }F\text{ and split in }F'\} > C_0. \tag*{(57)}

Here C0C_0 depends only on the anchors and the reserves. Then all other split vertices can be attached to simple vertices so that the result is the minimum seed and good twin pairs. The twins may match a prescribed finite enrichment of the rational labels. The base simple labels may be specified on any projection on which the required total agrees. All reserve requirements depend only on the finite alphabets, seed, and projection. They do not depend on the original list length.

Proof. In the first case retain the first r−1r-1 seed labels and merge all other vertices to the last cluster. Sufficient copies ensure that this cluster is nonempty. Its label is forced by the total, hence is the last seed label. Lemma 9.3 makes its unknown edges immaterial.

For the second case, the rational labels of split attachments form the subgroup with trivial FF-coordinate. They act transitively on the simple coset, so every prescribed change of a simple label has a realizable split shift. Reserve sufficiently many representatives of every such shift. Remove these reserves and the anchors from the donor pool. If F≠F′F \ne F', (9.7), with C0C_0 exceeding the number removed, leaves a distinct donor for each bad simple vertex. Attach these donors; every simple vertex is now good. If F=F′F = F', this operation was unnecessary.

Pair equal enriched good labels. By withholding a bounded number of pairs, leave between s1s_1 and s1+C1s_1+C_1 unpaired vertices, with the correct parity; C1C_1 depends only on the number of enriched labels. Use reserved shifts to turn the excess unpaired vertices into good pairs and to set the first s1−1s_1-1 base positions to the desired seed labels. The seed labels themselves need not all be good. Attach every remaining nonanchor split vertex to the last base position. Its projected label is forced by the total, the anchors, the other base positions, and the twin pairs. It is the required last seed label. Each cluster contains one simple vertex, so every contraction is permitted. Only a bounded number of reserve shifts was used.

When incidences to a retained split anchor are needed only to remove twins, they can be prescribed after the contracted labels are fixed, by the independent terminal-edge realization. Fixed stationary vertices instead enter the finite label enrichment from the outset. These two uses do not increase the number of label types with the original list length.

Lemma 9.5 (Neutral packets). For any of the finite reserve problems above with prescribed rational total zero, one can choose a finite packet of terminal labels with rational total zero such that every nonempty union of copies of the packet has the required supplies. In the quadratic case with F≠F′F \ne F', its donor surplus may be made arbitrarily large. When F=F′F = F', every simple label is good and no donor surplus is required. Compatible fixed splitting conditions may be included whenever the needed individual labels and shifts remain realizable.

Proof. Choose ample copies of every required label, including anchors and shifts. In the quadratic case with F≠F′F \ne F', add enough donors to exceed all the losses from the other labels and the prescribed reserve margin. Duplicate every full label in the resulting list. Duplication gives total zero in every rational elementary coordinate and preserves any strict donor surplus. Choose the margins so that after reserving the finitely many anchors in any one packet, the union of any positive number of packets still meets the reserve requirements. All labels are realized by distinct fresh primes; duplication never means repeating an actual prime factor.

The even estimate and the corank-zero case

Proposition 9.6 (Partitionable even estimate). Fix an even symbol furnished by Proposition 9.1. For every partitionable parameter hh on its filter with s2(E(h))=0s_2(E^{(h)}) = 0,

L∗(h)≠0,v(L∗(h))−2w(h)−s(h)≤C.L_*(h) \ne0,\qquad v(L_*(h)) - 2w(h) - s(h) \le C.

The constant depends only on the symbol and fixed local data.

Proof. If the parameter has no prime factors, a contraction certificate means that the empty symbol itself is a unit. Equation (9.2) then proves the assertion directly. Otherwise the stationary terminal set is nonempty. Keep the prime factors of hh stationary. Their terminal polynomial is nonzero by its contraction certificate. The stationary one-symbol case of Theorem 8.3 gives arbitrarily large binary cubes based at hh, with only primary new primes, whose other addresses have unit symbol. Equation (9.2) and s(hx)≥0s(h_x) \ge0 give the uniform upper bound required by the cyclotomic transfer. The base corank is zero, so that transfer gives (9.8). A base-dependent dimension threshold does not affect the asserted constant.

The original corank-zero base can now be treated without any odd coefficient system or companion field.

Proposition 9.7 (Even original base). If s2(E)=0s_2(E) = 0, then a(E)=0a(E) = 0.

Proof. Lemma 2.2 gives even functional sign. Fix an even symbol on the filter of 11, including all auxiliary class-group tests. If its value at 11 is a unit, analytic nonvanishing is already detected. Otherwise use a nonempty minimum seed in the full-torsion case, or a stabilized quadratic seed in the other case.

For each bb, assign a neutral packet from Lemma 9.5 to every nonzero linear form on F2b\mathbb{F}_2^b, and activate its primes by that form. At every nonzero address at least one packet is active; their union satisfies the reserve problem and has a nonzero terminal polynomial. At zero no terminal is active. The single-symbol case of Theorem 8.3 adds primary auxiliaries and makes the symbol a unit at every nonzero address. All local classes remain those of 11. Equation (9.2), followed by cyclotomic transfer at the original corank-zero base, gives a(E)=0a(E) = 0.

The lower bound needed by the odd coefficients

For the odd construction, first fix the original coefficient and class-group support and its unit tests. Then choose the genus partner h∗h_* as in Section 7, adjoin its prime factors to the support, and refine the unit tests there. All variable hh avoid this support. The positive filter below is this prepared filter, fixed before hh varies or the odd coefficients are normalized.

We next use the even estimate at analytically nonvanishing parameters, not the corank-zero conclusion just proved. The companion k′=k′(h)k' = k'(h) in this step may vary with hh, but its number of prime factors will be bounded. It is distinct from both the detector’s fixed genus partner h∗h_* and the fixed companion used in the final ring-class transfer.

At a parameter already known to have analytic rank zero, the estimate (9.8) transfers between either orientation of a fixed two-isogeny. The isogeny formula for the BSD quotient gives a bounded change in s(h)+2w(h)s(h) + 2w(h). At an active odd good prime the component-group valuation is tpt_p, and the two active contributions are included in the two weights. At the fixed support only finitely many local twisting classes occur. Differential, period, and torsion indices are bounded by the fixed isogeny and its reverse, and there is no regulator at rank zero. This uses an isogeny identity for known finite groups, not BSD or converse finiteness at an unknown parameter.

Lemma 9.8 (A bounded companion for a varying odd parameter). Fix a positive odd-sign filter, including the coefficient and class-group support used below, and a negative genus partner h∗h_* with L(E(h∗),1)≠0L(E^{(h_*)},1)\ne0, chosen using Proposition 6.1 and then excluded from the variable parameters. There are constants A, C such that every hh on this filter of analytic order one admits a negative odd fundamental discriminant k′k' for which

  1. (k′,2Nh)=1(k',2Nh)=1, k′k' is a square at every place of 2Nh2Nh, and Q(k′)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k'}) is nonexceptional;

  2. ω(k′)≤A\omega(k')\le A;

  3. L(E(hk′),1)≠0L(E^{(hk')},1)\ne0 and

v(L∗(hk′))≤2w(hk′)+s(hk′)+C.v(L_*(hk'))\le2w(hk')+s(hk')+C.

Proof. At the fixed class-group support and the other fixed label tests, prepare an even negative-index symbol for each possible total type at this support, and for both isogeny orientations if needed. There are finitely many such preparations. The positive index ∣hk′∣|hk'| has nonzero total rational type: its negative-discriminant parity is already nontrivial among the tests at 2. Thus in the full-torsion case a unit seed has positive count. In the quadratic case use the stabilized seed of Lemma 9.3.

When F≠F′F\ne F', interchanging the isogeny orientation interchanges the two counts in (9.7). Select the orientation with initial balance at least zero. The existing donors can then pay for arbitrarily many existing bad simples. They do not have to be supplied by new primes.

Let RR be the absolute prime-count bound in Proposition 6.2. Insert in k′k' a finite dummy supply that meets the anchors, minimum simple count, and reserve requirements for every one of the finitely many prepared symbols. When F≠F′F\ne F', add donor slack paying for every reserved loss, the new dummy bad simples, and a further possible loss of RR from the later rough factor. When F=F′F=F', all simple primes, including the later rough primes, are already good; only the simple and split-reserve supplies are needed. Add a fresh ramified prime if needed to exclude the exceptional imaginary fields. The number of dummy primes is bounded independently of hh. Their labels and initial incidences may be chosen by Lemma 8.1.

Absorb hh and the dummy product into the curve. Apply Proposition 6.2 to complete k′k' by a squarefree factor coprime to all primes already used. Prescribe its sign and its local unit classes so that the final k′k' is an odd negative fundamental discriminant, is a square at $2Nh$, and has the required original local classes at 2N2N. These conditions give a nonempty reduced progression by the Chinese remainder theorem. Its root number is even: since $E^{(h)} has odd sign and k′k' is negative and square at every prime of 2Nh2Nh, the quadratic twist formula multiplies that sign by χk′(−NE(h))=−1\chi_{k'}(-N_{E^{(h)}})=-1. Thus this is the positive-root-number case of Proposition 6.2 for the absorbed curve. Additional fixed primes may be excluded. The proposition makes the central value at hk′hk' nonzero with at most RR new factors. Its size threshold may depend on hh and all these congruences; RR does not.

No particular resulting unit class at the auxiliary class-group support was assumed in advance: dummy supplies were prepared for every possible total there. For the actual total, Lemma 9.4 makes hk′hk' partitionable. Analytic nonvanishing gives Selmer corank zero by the forward theorem. Proposition 9.6 therefore gives (9.9), with the isogeny comparison above if the other orientation was used. The finite preparation and the bound on dummy and rough factors give A,CA,C independent of hh. □

Lemma 9.9 (Height comparison). Here jh(k)j_h(k) is the index of the conductor-∣h∣|h| ring-class sum over Q(k)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}), whereas j(Ph)j(P_h) is the index of the conductor-one genus sum over Q(hh∗)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{hh_*}). With the fixed modular parametrization and the fixed genus partner h∗h_*, the explicit Gross–Zagier formula gives, whenever the relevant factors have analytic orders one and zero,

2jh(k)−2j(Ph)=v(L∗(hk))+O(1).2j_h(k)-2j(P_h)=v(L_*(hk))+O(1).

For kk with bounded prime count as in Lemma 9.8, the error is uniform in h,kh,k; for a fixed kk it is uniform in hh.

Proof. Use the character-sum normalization of the explicit Gross–Zagier formula in [7], Theorem 1.1. The restriction of χh\chi_h to Q(k)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}) has exact ring-class conductor ∣h∣|h|: each odd prime dividing hh splits and retains its ramified quadratic character. The genus character over Q(hh∗)\mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{hh_*}) is unramified, so the sum defining PhP_h has conductor one. Their canonical heights are fixed modular factors times, respectively,

∣h∣∣k∣ L′(E(h),1)L(E(hk),1),∣hh∗∣ L′(E(h),1)L(E(h∗),1).|h|\sqrt{|k|}\,L'(E^{(h)},1)L(E^{(hk)},1), \qquad \sqrt{|hh_*|}\,L'(E^{(h)},1)L(E^{(h_*)},1).

In that theorem the multiplier is cv∣D∣c_v\sqrt{|D|}, the level-discriminant factor is 2μ(N,D)2^{\mu(N,D)}, and the unit factor is [Oc×:Z×]2[O_c^\times:\mathbb{Z}^\times]^2. Here every level prime splits, so (N,D)=1(N,D)=1 and μ(N,D)=0\mu(N,D)=0; the excluded extra-unit fields make the unit factor 11 in both applications. Take their ratio. The derivative and the rank-one regulator cancel; the remaining varying real factor is ∣hk∣\sqrt{|hk|}, precisely the factor in L∗(hk)L_*(hk). Comparison of the rational free line with its two quadratic projections has bounded index because their composites are multiplication by 22. The modular parametrization and the factor involving h∗h_* are fixed. The level is split and the discriminant and conductor are prime to it; no growing conductor-prime product occurs in this normalization. Local differential and period comparisons have finitely many possibilities at the fixed support. The extra-unit fields have been excluded, and the number of additional places in the varying kk case is bounded. These observations give the asserted bounded valuation error. □

Proposition 9.10 (Uniform lower bound for the odd detector). Every analytically rank-one hh in the prepared positive filter of Lemma 9.8 satisfies

2j(Ph)≥2w(h)+s(h)−C.2j(P_h)\ge2w(h)+s(h)-C.

In particular j(Ph)≥w(h)−Cj(P_h)\ge w(h)-C uniformly in hh and its prime count.

Proof. Choose k′k' by Lemma 9.8. Combine (53), (9.10), and (9.9). Since the factors are coprime, w(hk′)=w(h)+w(k′)w(hk')=w(h)+w(k'), and w(k′)≤ω(k′)≤Aw(k')\leq\omega(k')\leq A. Hence

2j(Ph)≥4w(h)+s(h)+s(hk′)−v(L∗(hk′))−C≥2w(h)+s(h)−2w(k′)−C≥2w(h)+s(h)−C′.\begin{aligned} 2j(P_h)&\geq4w(h)+s(h)+s(hk')-v(L_*(hk'))-C\\ &\geq2w(h)+s(h)-2w(k')-C\\ &\geq2w(h)+s(h)-C'. \end{aligned}

Only even symbols and independently nonvanishing companions were used. Thus this proof precedes, and does not assume, the odd minimum-depth normalization.

From the moving odd coefficients to finite graphs

Proposition 9.10 now supplies the arithmetic premise of Lemma 7.5. We obtain an odd symbol with fixed minimum normalized depth and the uniform unit bound (9.3). To use the finite seed and packet lemmas, we also need to stabilize its graph labels and values, not just this numerical depth.

Keep the ultrafilter used in Lemma 7.5. The intrinsic fixed support includes the genus partner h∗h_\ast; at an actual stage it also includes the detecting prime ℓ\ell. That prime adds at most two places in any fixed quadratic field. The unit and class-group description of VS(F)V_S(F) therefore bounds the dimension of the elementary label space independently of the stage. At ℓ\ell the Schwartz function in Lemma 7.3 uses only the quadratic residue-line character: increasing the Kummer precision does not impose a character of growing order on the variable primes. The old-support characters are fixed.

Choose bases and restrict to an ultrafilter-large set of stages on which the finite label spaces, their addition tables, conjugation and projection maps have one abstract form. At every fixed weight bound there are only finitely many typed graphs and symbol truth tables. Select the table occurring on an ultrafilter-large set. These selected tables are compatible under restriction and define one limit symbol. Its contraction and twin identities follow from the finite-stage identities. The witness sequence of Lemma 7.5 has bounded weight, hence takes only finitely many graph types in this alphabet; one type is a witness in the selected limit table.

If the empty configuration is a unit, a sufficiently advanced actual stage already detects analytic order one at h=1h=1. Otherwise the limit witness is nonempty, so Lemma 9.3 supplies the minimum seeds and stabilized simple count needed below. Fix them in this remaining case; Lemmas 9.4 and 9.5 apply to their finite label alphabets. Every particular contraction or twin comparison uses only a bounded graph. Its selected truth table agrees with the actual symbol on an ultrafilter-large set of stages. Thus any prescribed finite collection of such comparisons holds at one sufficiently advanced stage.

Later we will add the fixed support of a separate companion and the label projection read by its even test. Once compatible lifts have been verified, we may stabilize this finite enrichment by restricting the same ultrafilter. This preserves the intrinsic odd symbol, its minimum, and its chosen seeds. The actual stage is selected only after the cube dimension and all its finite networks have been chosen: their maximum weight gives a finite list of table and precision requirements. No intersection over all weight bounds, and no single stage working for every cube dimension, is required.

A nonempty split-field symbol with full two-torsion

We give the extra argument required when E[2]E[2] is rational. It addresses the possibility that the usual even minimum is attained only at the empty configuration after restricting all new primes to split in the companion field.

Lemma 9.11 (Recurrence congruences). Let pp be odd, a≡p+1(mod4)a \equiv p+1 \pmod{4}, and let

b0=1,b1=a−κ,bs+1=abs−pbs−1.b_0=1,\qquad b_1=a-\kappa,\qquad b_{s+1}=ab_s-pb_{s-1}.

If κ=±1\kappa=\pm1, then bs+1−bsb_{s+1}-b_s is even and

bs+1−bs2≡a−κ−12(mod2)(s≥0).(58)\frac{b_{s+1}-b_s}{2}\equiv\frac{a-\kappa-1}{2}\pmod{2}\qquad(s\geq0). \tag*{(58)}

If κ=0\kappa= 0, put b−1=0b_{-1} = 0; then bs−bs−1b_s - b_{s-1} is odd for every s≥0s \ge0. Finally, for κ=1\kappa= 1, if a≡p+1(mod2m)a \equiv p + 1 \pmod{2^m} then bs≡ps(mod2m)b_s \equiv p^s \pmod{2^m} for every s≥0s \ge0.

Proof. Modulo 22 the recurrence is bs+1=bs−1b_{s+1} = b_{s-1}. Its initial values prove the parity assertions. For ds=bs+1−bsd_s = b_{s+1} - b_s, the recurrence for dsd_s is the same. Directly, d1−d0≡(p−1)(p−κ)≡0(mod4)d_1 - d_0 \equiv(p - 1)(p - \kappa) \equiv0 \pmod4 when κ=±1\kappa= \pm1. Thus ds/2d_s/2 is constant modulo 22. The last assertion follows by substituting the sequence psp^s in the recurrence and checking its first two terms.

Lemma 9.12 (Nonempty KK-split witness). Suppose E[2]E[2] is rational. Choose a negative unit kk of a fixed even symbol for EE, prime to all previous fixed support and to the ramification support of E[8]E[8]. Put K=Q(k)K = \mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}), chosen nonexceptional. Let S0S_0 contain the complete fixed support of the coefficient system, 2N2N, the primes of kk, and primes generating the class group of KK. On the positive filter of 11 square at S0S_0, there is an even unit test on nonempty products of primes split in KK with these properties:

  1. it has a nonempty witness;

  2. it satisfies the oriented split contraction and primary-isolation rules over KK, for contractions with nonempty output;

  3. a unit at DD implies

L(E(kD),1)≠0,v(L∗(kD))≤2ω(D)+Ck.L(E^{(kD)},1) \ne0,\qquad v(L_*(kD)) \le2\omega(D) + C_k.

This conclusion uses the integral trace and local identities in Proposition 9.1(3).

Proof. If the ordinary coefficient test already has a nonempty split witness, there is nothing to construct. Otherwise we first obtain an additional trace congruence modulo 88. That congruence makes one further division of the coefficient form integral. We verify its contraction identities, then use a prime inert in KK to force a nonzero test at a split prime.

Extra depth if the ordinary test has no witness. Use the ordinary even coefficient form for E(k)E^{(k)}, normalized by a(1)=1a(1) = 1. The positive filter is chosen so that kDkD lies in the original negative filter. Since kk attains its least normalized depth, the exact ratio comparison of Proposition 7.1 gives

v(a(D))≥ω(D)v(a(D)) \ge\omega(D)

at every allowed squarefree DD. The factor ∣k∣|k| cancels from this ratio; one is not subtracting unrelated bounded-error inequalities.

If equality holds at a nonempty product of KK-split primes, use the usual even bit, projected from oriented KK-labels to rational labels. It has all the required properties by Proposition 7.9. We therefore assume for the rest of the proof that equality never occurs there. By the rational-phase assertion in Proposition 7.1, normalization by a(1)=1a(1) = 1 makes each nonzero squarefree coefficient a rational number times a root of unity. Its valuation is an integer, not just an element of the possibly ramified coefficient field’s discrete value group. Thus strict inequality implies

v(a(D))≥ω(D)+1for every nonempty allowed all-K-split D.(59)v(a(D)) \ge\omega(D) + 1 \quad\text{for every nonempty allowed all-}K\text{-split }D. \tag*{(59)}

Write g=∑a(n)qng = \sum a(n)q^n for the form. Its characters satisfy ψ/η=χ−4\psi/\eta= \chi_{-4}, so η\eta is odd. For a set UU of KK-split primes put

BU=2−∣U∣∏p∈U(Up−η(p)Vp)g,ΘJ=∑m>0,(m,S0)=1η(m)mqJm2.B_U = 2^{-|U|}\prod_{p\in U}(U_p-\eta(p)V_p)g,\qquad \Theta_J = \sum_{\substack{m>0,\\(m,S_0)=1}} \eta(m)m q^{Jm^2}.

All expansions retain the prescribed support sieves. The ordinary divided form is

HU=12(BU−∑J⊆UBU[J]ΘJ).H_U = \frac{1}{2}\left(B_U-\sum_{J\subseteq U} B_U[J]\Theta_J\right).

Here BU[J]B_U[J] denotes its coefficient at the squarefree index JJ.

The resulting trace congruence. We first prove

ap(E(k))≡p+1(mod8)(60)a_p(E^{(k)}) \equiv p+1 \pmod{8} \tag*{(60)}

for every allowed good pp split in KK.

Apply the ordinary H{p}H_{\{p\}} trace at a Frobenius lift ϕp\phi_p, testing coefficient p2p^2 after theta multiplication. The form H{p}H_{\{p\}} is already integral, and θ≡1(mod2)\theta\equiv1 \pmod{2}; hence theta multiplication does not alter any of its reduced coefficients after these divisions. On the conductor-one ramified principal-series part the identity is

Up2t(ϕp)=Up3+d(ϕp)Up.U_p^2t(\phi_p)=U_p^3+d(\phi_p)U_p.

On the unraised unary part it is the ordinary good-prime coefficient identity. These are the only two types in this expression. Consequently

(t(ϕp)f)[p2]=f[p3]+(d(ϕp)f)[p].(t(\phi_p)f)[p^2]=f[p^3]+(d(\phi_p)f)[p].

Replace the trace by a fresh split prime p′p' with the same finite data, including every support-unit test. At each rational quadratic character unramified outside S0S_0, a Frobenius lift at pp has the character value of pp. Hence the matched p′p' has the same value, and pp′pp' has value 11. Equivalently, p′p' has the same unit squareclasses as pp at all places of S0S_0, so their product is square at all of them, including 22. Since ϕp∈GK\phi_p \in G_K, the new prime is also split in KK. Its coefficient on the left tests pp′pp'; by (59) it is zero modulo the maximal ideal after the two divisions. The determinant term on the right is zero: the unary summand at pp has the same character and cancels there.

On the right, the indices pp and p3p^3 in B{p}B_{\{p\}} have underlying squarefree index 11; they involve only a(1),a(p2),a(p4)a(1), a(p^2), a(p^4). The J=∅J=\varnothing unary term has no coefficient at either nonsquare index. Thus no other squarefree coefficient contributes there. For a=ap(E(k))a=a_p(E^{(k)}), the phase-free square coefficients are 11, a−1a-1, a(a−1)−pa(a-1)-p. Hence the remaining coefficient is, up to a unit,

H{p}[p3]=a2−2a−p+1−p(a−2)4=(a−1)(a−p−1)4.H_{\{p\}}[p^3]=\frac{a^2-2a-p+1-p(a-2)}{4}=\frac{(a-1)(a-p-1)}{4}.

It is zero modulo 22. Full rational two-torsion makes aa even, so a−1a-1 is odd; this proves (60). No individual total filter condition on pp was needed: its matched prime p′p' makes pp′pp' lie on the filter, and the square-index terms on the right come from 11.

One further integral division. Now define

H~U=14(BU−∑J⊆UBU[J]ΘJ).(61)\widetilde{H}_U=\frac{1}{4}\left(B_U-\sum_{J\subseteq U}B_U[J]\Theta_J\right). \tag*{(61)}

We verify integrality at every coefficient. Write a test index uniquely as Jrm2Jrm^2, where J⊆UJ\subseteq U and rr is squarefree and disjoint from UU. The underlying squarefree coefficient is at D=(U/J)rD=(U/J)r. Removing the unit phases, a prime of U/JU/J contributes an odd factor bs−bs−1b_s-b_{s-1} with κ=0\kappa=0, and a prime of JJ contributes bs+1−bsb_{s+1}-b_s with κ=(D/p)\kappa=(D/p). Thus

v(BU[Jrm2])≥ω(r)(62)v\left(B_U[Jrm^2]\right)\geq\omega(r) \tag*{(62)}

by (9.13), with one additional unit of valuation when DD is nonempty and all its primes split in KK.

If r≠1r\ne1 and all primes of DD split in KK, the last inequality is at least ω(r)+1≥2\omega(r)+1\geq2. If DD contains an inert prime, then rr contains at least two: the total rational KK-character is trivial on the filter, and all primes of UU split. Then (62) is again at least 2. No unary term has this squarefree part. This proves divisibility by 4 for r≠1r \ne1.

Suppose r=1r=1 and J≠UJ \ne U. Then D=U/JD=U/J is nonempty and all split, so BU[J]B_U[J] is even. This cancellation can be checked without dividing by a leading multiplier, which may be zero. Factor from both shell coefficients the common phase and the scalar 2−∣U∣+∣J∣a(U/J)2^{-|U|+|J|}a(U/J), whose valuation is at least 1 by (59). The remaining factors are the odd differences at U/JU/J, the integral divided differences at JJ, and the ordinary square-index factors outside UU. By [9] their product is congruent modulo 2 to the product of their leading values, even when one of those values is zero modulo 2. Since mm is odd, multiplication by mm preserves this congruence. The common scalar supplies the second factor 2. Retaining the phase η(m)\eta(m) therefore gives

BU[Jm2]≡BU[J]η(m)m(mod4).B_U[Jm^2] \equiv B_U[J]\eta(m)m \pmod{4}.

This is exactly the cancellation with BU[J]ΘJB_U[J]\Theta_J.

Finally let J=UJ=U, so D=1D=1. At a prime outside UU the recurrence gives bs≡ps(mod4)b_s \equiv p^s \pmod{4}. At a prime of UU, (60) gives bs≡ps(mod8)b_s \equiv p^s \pmod{8}, and hence

bs+1−bs2≡ap−22ps(mod4).\frac{b_{s+1}-b_s}{2} \equiv\frac{a_p-2}{2}p^s \pmod{4}.

Multiplying these congruences, again retaining the phases, gives BU[Um2]≡BU[U]η(m)m(mod4)B_U[Um^2]\equiv B_U[U]\eta(m)m\pmod{4}. This proves integrality in the last case and establishes (61).

For the trace argument we specify the integral module being used. Write ψU\psi_U for the character of BUB_U. The character of ΘU\Theta_U is also ψU\psi_U, so its diamond correction is zero. For the proper subsets the diamond formula is

⟨u⟩H~U=ψU(u)H~U+∑J⊊UBU[J]2ψU(u)−η(u)(−J/u)2ΘJ.\langle u\rangle\widetilde{H}_U=\psi_U(u)\widetilde{H}_U+\sum_{J\subsetneq U}\frac{B_U[J]}{2}\frac{\psi_U(u)-\eta(u)(-J/u)}{2}\Theta_J.

Each BU[J]/2B_U[J]/2 here is integral, and each divided character difference is zero or a unit. Let M~U\widetilde{M}_U be the O\mathcal{O}-module generated by θH~U\theta\widetilde{H}_U and θ(BU[J]/2)ΘJ\theta(B_U[J]/2)\Theta_J for J⊊UJ\subsetneq U, together with all their good-Hecke and diamond translates. Its generators are integral by this formula and the good-Hecke coefficient formula. The finite-module and Chebotarev-continuity argument of Lemma 7.7 therefore applies to M~U\widetilde{M}_U. A fresh trace kills every displayed unary correction after coefficientwise reduction, also after further fresh tests. Thus the same coefficientwise reduced determinant and trace identities hold on the required orbit.

The contraction and isolation identities. On θH~U\theta\widetilde{H}_U, two fresh traces in GKG_K give zero after reduction at every coefficient. To see this, start with an arbitrary test index Jrm2Jrm^2 and choose the two fresh primes outside that index and the level. The filter imposes χK(D)=1\chi_K(D)=1; since UU is all split, the number of inert factors in rr is either zero or at least two. The fresh traces replace rr by rq1q2rq_1q_2, with both qiq_i split. In the first case the valuation after division by 4 is at least ω(r)+2+1−2=ω(r)+1≥1\omega(r)+2+1-2=\omega(r)+1\ge1. In the second case it is at least ω(r)+2−2=ω(r)≥2\omega(r)+2-2=\omega(r)\ge2. The unary terms disappear under these fresh tests. Additional fresh GKG_K traces only improve these estimates, so vanishing holds on the entire reduced trace orbit. The trace identity therefore gives

t(gu2)=t(g)(g,u∈GK).t(gu^2)=t(g)\qquad(g,u\in G_K).

on this reduced trace orbit. Thus the tests factor through the elementary extension of KK unramified off the level.

A single fresh KK-split trace at coefficient 1 reads the bit

A~(D)=(2−ω(D)−1a(D) with its phase removed)(mod2)(63)\widetilde{A}(D)=\left(2^{-\omega(D)-1}a(D)\text{ with its phase removed}\right)\pmod{2} \tag*{(63)}

for a nonempty all-split configuration. The contraction rule follows from the same integral local identity as in Lemma 7.8. For completeness its first shell, with p∈Up \in U and a fresh trace qq, has underlying configuration D′=(U/p)qD'=(U/p)q, which is still nonempty, and its reduction is

cp(D′)A~(D′),cp(D′)=ap−(D′/p)−12 mod 2.c_p(D')\widetilde{A}(D'), \qquad c_p(D')=\frac{a_p-(D'/p)-1}{2}\bmod2.

Changing the oriented inertia bit changes cpc_p once. The omitted-prime identity gives the product label and removes the entire rational prime pp from the new ramification support. Consequently its repeated contraction has precisely the forest interpretation of Lemma 8.4. An omitted-vertex label equal to the identity has trace zero, which is primary isolation. No contraction to the empty configuration has occurred.

A nonempty witness for the deeper test. It remains to prove that this deeper test has a witness. Fresh ramification gives K⊈Q(E[8])K \not\subseteq\mathbb{Q}(E[8]). By Chebotarev there is a good prime pp inert in KK and trivial on the original E[8]E[8]. Then

p≡1(mod8),ap(E(k))≡−2(mod8).p \equiv1 \pmod{8}, \qquad a_p(E^{(k)}) \equiv-2 \pmod{8}.

On H~∅\widetilde{H}_{\varnothing}, whose coefficient at 11 is zero, test t(u)2t(u)^2 at coefficient 11, where u=Fr⁡pu=\operatorname{Fr}_p. The square coefficient and matching unary character give, up to a unit,

ap(E(k))−1−p4 mod 2=1.\frac{a_p(E^{(k)})-1-p}{4}\bmod2=1.

The determinant term at coefficient 11 cancels. In characteristic two, t(u2)=t(u)2t(u^2)=t(u)^2, so a single trace in GKG_K is nonzero. A fresh prime realizing this finite trace test is split in KK. Moreover u2u^2 is trivial on every rational quadratic character, so the prime lies on the required total rational filter. It is a nonempty witness for (63). Finally the exact coefficient ratio gives (9.12), with the additional depth at most one. □

Lemma 9.13 (Orientation correction). Let KK be imaginary quadratic, let S0S_0 contain 22 and its ramification support, and let V0V_0 be the elementary label space over KK unramified off S0S_0. Complex conjugation acts on V0V_0 by cc. If the rational total of an oriented prime configuration is zero on every rational quadratic character unramified off S0S_0, then its oriented total belongs to (1+c)V0(1+c)V_0. A reserved supply containing every label allows its orientations to be flipped to realize any prescribed change in (1+c)V0(1+c)V_0.

Proof. Complex conjugation has order two outside GKG_K, so GQ=GK⋊⟨c⟩G_{\mathbb{Q}}=G_K\rtimes\langle c\rangle. A cc-invariant quadratic character of GKG_K extends by giving cc value zero. At a rational prime outside S0S_0, inertia lies in GKG_K and the character is trivial there; thus its extension remains unramified outside S0S_0. The assumed total therefore annihilates (V0∗)c(V_0^*)^c.

For a finite vector space with involution, the annihilator of ker⁡(1+c∗)=(V0∗)c\ker(1+c^*)=(V_0^*)^c is im⁡(1+c)\operatorname{im}(1+c). This proves the first assertion. Flipping a vertex of label vv changes its oriented label from vv to cvcv, and hence changes the total by (1+c)v(1+c)v. Reserve one representative for every preimage needed to express the desired element of the image. Their independent flips give the second assertion. These flips preserve every rational norm label. □

The corank-one original base

Proposition 9.14 (Odd original base). If s2(E)=1s_2(E)=1, then a(E)=1a(E)=1.

Proof. Parity gives odd functional sign. Use the normalized odd limit symbol on the positive filter of 11 from Section 9.5, with its fixed support, genus partner h∗h_*, and chosen ultrafilter. If it detects the base, a sufficiently advanced actual stage proves the result. Otherwise choose its nonempty minimum seed. The moving detecting prime ℓ\ell is not an extra fixed support requirement.

Fixing the companion. Choose a separate even symbol for negative discriminants square at 2N2N, excluding the fixed odd support, the relevant torsion ramification, and the exceptional imaginary fields. Choose a unit kk of that symbol. Then L(E(k),1)≠0L(E^{(k)},1) \ne0. Fix this kk and K=Q(k)K = \mathbb{Q}(\sqrt{k}) for the rest of the proof, before choosing any cube dimension. Its fresh ramification makes it independent of the old fixed label extensions. At sufficiently advanced stages ℓ\ell avoids kk. The intrinsic odd label tests continue to omit the primes of kk.

We construct common terminal packets, individually split in KK, such that the odd terminal polynomial and an even terminal polynomial testing hkhk are separately nonzero at each nonzero address. They need not have a common unit evaluation yet; the address lemma will supply that step.

The quadratic residual case. First suppose F,F′F,F' are quadratic. Keep the original even symbol evaluated on hkhk, treating the vertices of kk as stationary external data. Enrich the rational labels of the hh-vertices by the primes of kk. Their total there and at the even support is required to be zero. Let VV be the resulting rational elementary label space, including the FF, F′F' and KK coordinates and all relations among these characters. The allowed simple labels form the affine set {v∈V:χF(v)=1,χK(v)=0}\{v \in V : \chi_F(v) = 1,\chi_K(v) = 0\}, in additive notation. The difference of any two of its elements belongs to ker⁡χF∩ker⁡χK\ker\chi_F \cap\ker\chi_K, precisely the realizable rational labels of the permitted split attachments. Translation by this subgroup is therefore transitive. The fields F,F′F,F' are unramified outside the old support, whereas KK has a fresh ramified prime; thus KK is independent of their compositum. When F≠F′F \ne F', this realizes both the good-simple pattern (1,1,0)(1,1,0) and the donor pattern (0,1,0)(0,1,0) in their three coordinates. When F=F′F = F', all simple labels are good.

For the old odd projection, take a normal closure of its finite label extension at any stage with ℓ\ell avoiding kk. It is unramified outside the old support and ℓ\ell. Once ℓ\ell avoids kk, a prime ramified in KK remains outside that set. Hence KK has trivial intersection with this normal closure, and every old odd label can be realized together with splitting in KK. This applies also to oriented split anchors over FF. The added stationary kk coordinates may have relations, but they are already included in VV; they do not impose extra requirements on the omitted odd projection. These compatible lifts let us stabilize the common alphabet and its projection maps on the same ultrafilter, as in Section 9.5. The intrinsic odd minimum and seed are unchanged. Choose the following packets in this fixed abstract alphabet, before selecting an actual stage.

Use packets with sufficiently large simple supply and reserves in this kernel, and with donor slack when F≠F′F \ne F'. For the even test, take no split anchors. If the fields are distinct, correct all bad simples to good ones; if they coincide, every simple is already good. Pair equal enriched labels, and retain a nonempty good base pair. Use reserves to match the pair and the remaining good pairs, and attach every leftover split vertex to the last base position. Its label is forced by total zero. The output is a collection of good twin pairs, each matching also at every split vertex of kk. Twin insertion into the unit at kk proves that this output has even symbol one. Thus the even terminal polynomial is nonzero.

For the odd test, project away the newly added tests at kk. The same packets contain enough split anchors, simple vertices and reserve shifts to contract to the stabilized odd seed and good pairs, by Lemma 9.4. Its total on that projection is the prescribed zero total. Incidences between the retained anchors and the good pairs can be set after contraction, by independent edge choices. The odd polynomial is therefore nonzero as well. This odd test does not include the stationary vertices of kk.

Full rational two-torsion. Now suppose the curve has full rational two-torsion. Use the even test of Lemma 9.12, with KK-oriented labels on its support S0S_0, and let v1,…,vrv_1,\ldots,v_r be a minimum nonempty witness. Its oriented total v1+⋯+vrv_1+\cdots+v_r lies in (1+c)V0(1+c)V_0, by Lemma 9.13. This even test uses the oriented elementary extension of KK, whereas the odd test reads only its rational projection; the even contraction rule is needed only for nonempty outputs. Every odd seed label lifts to a KK-split prime because KK was freshly ramified outside its intrinsic support. Each even label also has a compatible lift to the common alphabet. Stabilize the finite common alphabet and projections on the same ultrafilter, preserving the intrinsic odd symbol as in Section 9.5.

Choose packets containing ample copies of every needed even label, all odd seed labels on their rational projection, and orientation-shifting reserves. Arbitrary pairs of projected labels need not lift: take a union of sufficiently many compatible lifts for each projection separately. Duplicate each full label, so the packet has rational total zero.

For the even contraction, retain anchors with labels v1,…,vr−1v_1,\ldots,v_{r-1}. After reserving these anchors, use orientation flips to make the total equal to ∑vi\sum v_i; this is possible by Lemma 9.13. In a contraction certificate these flips are choices of conjugations along the forest, as permitted by Lemma 8.1; they do not change the common terminal data separately at different addresses. Merge all remaining vertices into the last cluster. Its label is vrv_r. The cluster is nonempty, and the minimum nonempty count makes the output a unit independently of its mutual edges. For the odd contraction, use its rational projection. Retain all but the last odd seed label and merge the remainder. Total zero gives the last label, so this is also a unit. Orientation corrections for the even test did not change these rational labels.

Simultaneous addressing and an actual stage. Now fix bb and put a sufficient common packet at every nonzero linear form on F2b\mathbb{F}_2^b. Each nonzero address has two separately nonzero terminal polynomials. In the fixed abstract alphabet, Theorem 8.3 gives finite primary-auxiliary networks making both symbols one there. Require their primary types to split in KK (and FF in the quadratic case) and to be neutral at the stationary primes of kk. They are primary at every support coordinate used by either projection, so both symbol identities apply to the same common graph data.

Let WbW_b bound all graph weights required by these finite networks. A finite intersection of ultrafilter-large sets supplies an actual stage with the same truth table through WbW_b, all required divisibilities and trace identities, and sufficient precision for the prescribed divisions. The moving prime also avoids the fixed companion kk. Realize the resulting finite graph at that stage using Lemma 8.1. All active products hh are positive and square at the fixed tests, and all their primes split in KK. No auxiliary appears at address zero. The depth constant and fixed companion remain unchanged as bb grows.

Returning to the original curve. At every nonzero address the analytic orders of E(h)E^{(h)} and E(hk)E^{(hk)} are respectively one and zero. The odd unit bound, the even unit bound (or (9.12)), and Lemma 9.9 with fixed kk give

2jh(k)≤4w(h)+C.2j_h(k) \le4w(h)+C.

The finite Sha lengths at these addresses are nonnegative, so this also bounds 2jh(k)−4w(h)−s(h)−s(hk)2j_h(k)-4w(h)-s(h)-s(hk) from above.

At address zero, L(E(k),1)≠0L(E^{(k)},1)\ne0 gives s2(E(k))=0s_2(E^{(k)})=0 by the forward theorem. Lemma 9.2 therefore gives s2(E/K)=1s_2(E/K)=1. Ring-class missing-vertex transfer now makes the base product L(E,s)L(E(k),s)L(E,s)L(E^{(k)},s) have a simple zero. Its second factor is nonzero at 11, and hence a(E)=1a(E)=1.

Proof of Theorem 1.1. Use Lemma 9.2 to choose the indicated isogeny orientation before constructing either coefficient system. The even coefficient system and cyclotomic transfer give both Proposition 9.6 and the corank-zero conclusion of Proposition 9.7. The bounded varying companion, ring-class lower bound, and height comparison then establish Proposition 9.10. This discharges the arithmetic premise before the odd normalization and finite-graph construction of Section 9.5.

For the corank-one case, Proposition 9.14 fixes a nonvanishing even companion before the cube dimension, constructs simultaneous unit vertices, and applies ring-class transfer at the original base. This gives a(E)=s2(E)a(E) = s_2(E) in both cases. The established Gross–Zagier–Kolyvagin implication in analytic rank zero or one gives r(E)=a(E)r(E) = a(E) and finiteness of the whole Shafarevich–Tate group. (55) remains the underlying corank identity throughout. In particular, neither a finite two-Selmer dimension nor Mordell–Weil rank was substituted for the original Selmer corank hypothesis.

Remark 9.15 (The prescribed base). The final companion has Selmer corank zero because it was chosen with nonzero central value. Thus (54) supplies the required corank over KK; it is not an additional companion hypothesis. Only the finite realizations and their precisions change as the cube grows. The valuation constants remain fixed, so transfer applies to the prescribed original curve without deleting a density-zero set of bases.

References

References

  1. [1]Bryan J. Birch and H. P. F. Swinnerton-Dyer. Notes on elliptic curves. II. Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik, 218:79–108, 1965. doi:10.1515/crll.1965.218.79.
  2. [2]F. A. Bogomolov. Points of finite order on an Abelian variety. Mathematics of the USSR-Izvestiya, 17(1):55–72, 1981. English translation of Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 44 (1980), no. 4, 782–804; doi:10.1070/IM1981v017n01ABEH001329.DOI
  3. [3]Christophe Breuil, Brian Conrad, Fred Diamond, and Richard Taylor. On the modularity of elliptic curves over Q: wild 3-adic exercises. Journal of the American Mathematical Society, 14(4):843–939, 2001. doi:10.1090/S0894-0347-01-00370-8.DOI
  4. [4]Ashay Burungale, Francesc Castella, Christopher Skinner, and Ye Tian. p∞-Selmer groups and rational points on CM elliptic curves. Annales mathématiques du Québec, 46:325–346, 2022. doi:10.1007/s40316-022-00203-y.DOI
  5. [5]Ashay Burungale and Christopher Skinner. A p-converse theorem for CM elliptic curves. Appendix A to Levent Alpöge, Manjul Bhargava and Ari Shnidman, Integers expressible as the sum of two rational cubes, 2024. Version 3, 19 October 2024; Theorems A.1, A.3 and Remark A.5; arXiv:2210.10730v3.
  6. [6]Ashay A. Burungale and Ye Tian. A rank zero p-converse to a theorem of Gross–Zagier, Kolyvagin and Rubin. Annals of Mathematics, 203(1):1–13, 2026. doi:10.4007/annals.2026.203.1.1; Theorem 2.6 numbering in arXiv:2506.03465v1.DOI
  7. [7]Li Cai, Jie Shu, and Ye Tian. Explicit Gross–Zagier and Waldspurger formulae. Algebra & Number Theory, 8(10):2523–2572, 2014. doi:10.2140/ant.2014.8.2523.DOI
  8. [8]Henri Carayol. Sur les représentations ℓ-adiques associées aux formes modulaires de Hilbert. Annales scientifiques de l’École Normale Supérieure, 19(3):409–468, 1986. doi:10.24033/asens.1512.DOI
  9. [9]J. W. S. Cassels. Arithmetic on curves of genus 1. VIII. on conjectures of Birch and Swinnerton-Dyer. Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik, 217:180–199, 1965. doi:10.1515/crll.1965.217.180.DOI
  10. [10]Francesc Castella, Giada Grossi, Jaehoon Lee, and Christopher Skinner. On the anticyclotomic Iwasawa theory of rational elliptic curves at Eisenstein primes. Inventiones Mathematicae, 227(2):517–580, 2022. doi:10.1007/s00222-021-01072-y; text at arXiv:2008.02571v2.DOI
  11. [11]Seth Chaiken. A combinatorial proof of the all minors matrix tree theorem. SIAM Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods, 3(3):319–329, 1982. doi:10.1137/0603033.DOI
  12. [12]Claude Chevalley. Démonstration d’une hypothèse de M. Artin. Abhandlungen aus dem Mathematischen Seminar der Universität Hamburg, 11:73–75, 1935. doi:10.1007/BF02940714.DOI
  13. [13]Christophe Cornut and Dimitar Jetchev. Liftings of reduction maps for quaternion algebras. Bulletin of the London Mathematical Society, 45:370–386, 2013. doi:10.1112/blms/bds098; section numbering in the authors’ version.DOI
  14. [14]Pierre Deligne. Formes modulaires et représentations ℓ-adiques. In Séminaire Bourbaki, 1968/69, volume 179 of Lecture Notes in Mathematics, pages 139–172. Springer, 1971. Exposé 355 (1969); primary text.
  15. [15]Tim Dokchitser and Vladimir Dokchitser. On the Birch–Swinnerton-Dyer quotients modulo squares. Annals of Mathematics, 172(1):567–596, 2010. doi:10.4007/annals.2010.172.567.DOI
  16. [16]V. G. Drinfeld. Two theorems on modular curves. Functional Analysis and Its Applications, 7(2):155–156, 1973. English translation of Funktsional′nyi Analiz i ego Prilozheniya 7 (1973), no. 2, 83–84; doi:10.1007/BF01078890.DOI
  17. [17]Gerd Faltings. Endlichkeitssätze für abelsche Varietäten über Zahlkörpern. Inventiones Mathematicae, 73(3):349–366, 1983. doi:10.1007/BF01388432.
  18. [18]Bruce Ferrero and Lawrence C. Washington. The Iwasawa invariant μp vanishes for abelian number fields. Annals of Mathematics, 109(2):377–395, 1979. doi:10.2307/1971116.DOI
  19. [19]John Friedlander and Henryk Iwaniec. Opera de cribro, volume 57 of American Mathematical Society Colloquium Publications. American Mathematical Society, 2010. doi:10.1090/coll/057.
  20. [20]Stephen Gelbart and Hervé Jacquet. A relation between automorphic representations of GL(2) and GL(3). Annales scientifiques de l’École Normale Supérieure, 11(4):471–542, 1978. doi:10.24033/asens.1355.
  21. [21]Benedict H. Gross. Heights and the special values of L-series. In H. Kisilevsky and J. Labute, editors, Number theory (Montreal, Que., 1985), volume 7 of CMS Conference Proceedings, pages 115–187. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1987. primary text.
  22. [22]Benedict H. Gross and Don B. Zagier. Heegner points and derivatives of L-series. Inventiones Mathematicae, 84(2):225–320, 1986. doi:10.1007/BF01388809.DOI
  23. [23]D. R. Heath-Brown. A mean value estimate for real character sums. Acta Arithmetica, 72(3):235–275, 1995. doi:10.4064/aa-72-3-235-275.
  24. [24]D. R. Heath-Brown. A note on the Chevalley–Warning theorems. Russian Mathematical Surveys, 66(2):427–436, 2011. doi:10.1070/RM2011v066n02ABEH004744; equation numbering in arXiv:1009.3764v2.DOI
  25. [25]Jeffrey Hoffstein and Wenzhi Luo. Nonvanishing of L-series and the combinatorial sieve. Mathematical Research Letters, 4(2–3):435–444, 1997. With an appendix by David E. Rohrlich; primary text.DOI
  26. [26]Benjamin Howard. The Heegner point Kolyvagin system. Compositio Mathematica, 140(6):1439–1472, 2004. doi:10.1112/S0010437X04000569; text at arXiv:1202.6340v1.DOI
  27. [27]Henryk Iwaniec. On the order of vanishing of modular L-functions at the critical point. Séminaire de théorie des nombres de Bordeaux, 2(2):365–376, 1990. primary text.DOI
  28. [28]Dimitar Jetchev and Ben Kane. Equidistribution of Heegner points and ternary quadratic forms. Mathematische Annalen, 350(3):501–532, 2011. doi:10.1007/s00208-010-0568-5; section numbering in arXiv:0908.3905v1.DOI
  29. [29]Kazuya Kato. p-adic Hodge theory and values of zeta functions of modular forms. Astérisque, 295:117–290, 2004. primary text.
  30. [30]Timo Keller and Mulun Yin. p-converse theorems for elliptic curves of potentially good ordinary reduction at Eisenstein primes, 2024. arXiv:2410.23241v1.arxiv.org/abs/2410.23241
  31. [31]Chan-Ho Kim. On the soft p-converse to a theorem of Gross–Zagier and Kolyvagin. Mathematische Annalen, 387:1961–1968, 2023. doi:10.1007/s00208-022-02511-8; text at arXiv:2109.12344v3.DOI
  32. [32]Viktor A. Kolyvagin. Euler systems. In The Grothendieck Festschrift, Volume II, volume 87 of Progress in Mathematics, pages 435–483. Birkhäuser, 1990. chapter reprint.
  33. [33]Daniel Kriz. Supersingular main conjectures, Sylvester’s conjecture and Goldfeld’s conjecture, 2022. Preprint, version 5, 19 October 2022; arXiv:2002.04767v5.arxiv.org/abs/2002.04767
  34. [34]Yu. I. Manin. Parabolic points and zeta-functions of modular curves. Mathematics of the USSR-Izvestiya, 6(1):19–64, 1972. doi:10.1070/IM1972v006n01ABEH001867.DOI
  35. [35]J. S. Milne. Arithmetic Duality Theorems. BookSurge, second edition, 2006. author’s electronic edition.
  36. [36]Paul Monsky. Generalizing the Birch–Stephens theorem. I. Modular curves. Mathematische Zeitschrift, 221(3):415–420, 1996. doi:10.1007/PL00004518.DOI
  37. [37]Jan Nekovář. Selmer complexes, volume 310 of Astérisque. Société mathématique de France, 2006. primary text.
  38. [38]OpenAI. Goldfeld’s analytic density conjecture and the 2-converse for elliptic curves. OpenAI Math Release preprint OAI:Goldfelds-analytic-density-conjecture-and-the-2-converse-for-elliptic-curves-September-23-2026, 2026.
  39. [39]Maksym Radziwiłł and K. Soundararajan. Moments and distribution of central L-values of quadratic twists of elliptic curves. Inventiones Mathematicae, 202(3):1029–1068, 2015. doi:10.1007/s00222-015-0582-z; arXiv:1403.7067.DOI
  40. [40]Nick Ramsey. Geometric and p-adic modular forms of half-integral weight. Annales de l’Institut Fourier, 56(3):599–624, 2006. doi:10.5802/aif.2195.DOI
  41. [41]Jean-Pierre Serre. Abelian ℓ-adic Representations and Elliptic Curves. W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968. 1989 reprint of the 1968 text.
  42. [42]Jean-Pierre Serre. Propriétés galoisiennes des points d’ordre fini des courbes elliptiques. Inventiones Mathematicae, 15:259–331, 1972. doi:10.1007/BF01405086.DOI
  43. [43]Goro Shimura. On modular forms of half integral weight. Annals of Mathematics, 97(3):440–481, 1973. doi:10.2307/1970831.DOI
  44. [44]Christopher Skinner. A converse to a theorem of Gross, Zagier, and Kolyvagin. Annals of Mathematics, 191(2):329–354, 2020. primary text.arxiv.org/abs/1405.7294
  45. [45]Alexander Smith. The Birch and Swinnerton-Dyer conjecture implies Goldfeld’s conjecture, 2025. arXiv:2503.17619v1.arxiv.org/abs/2503.17619
  46. [46]John Tate. On the conjectures of Birch and Swinnerton-Dyer and a geometric analog. In Séminaire Bourbaki, volume 9, pages 415–440. Société mathématique de France, 1966. Exposé 306; primary text.
  47. [47]Jean-Loup Waldspurger. Sur les coefficients de Fourier des formes modulaires de poids demi-entier. Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées, 60(4):375–484, 1981. complete text.
  48. [48]Ewald Warning. Bemerkung zur vorstehenden arbeit von Herrn Chevalley. Abhandlungen aus dem Mathematischen Seminar der Universität Hamburg, 11:76–83, 1935. doi:10.1007/BF02940715.
  49. [49]André Weil. Sur certains groupes d’opérateurs unitaires. Acta Mathematica, 111:143–211, 1964. doi:10.1007/BF02391012.DOI
  50. [50]Wei Zhang. Selmer groups and the indivisibility of Heegner points. Cambridge Journal of Mathematics, 2(2):191–253, 2014. doi:10.4310/CJM.2014.v2.n2.a2.DOI

Paper details

Contents